Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 363

University: Ain Shams

Faculty: Engineering
Department: Communication Systems Engineering

Communication Systems Engineering Program Specifications


A- Basic Information
1- Program title: Communication Systems Engineering Program
2- Program type: Single Double Multiple

3- Department (s): Communication Systems Engineering Program
.
4- Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim
5- External evaluator(s): NA
6- Last date of program specifications approval: 27/11/2012.

B- Professional Information
1- Program aims
By successfully completing the Communication Systems Engineering program of the
faculty of engineering at Ain Shams University, the graduate will be able to:

 Apply of knowledge in mathematics, science and engineering principles.


 Encompass the needed engineering design skills in communication engineering.
 Have the required skill to perform laboratory and field experiments and interpret their
results.
 Solve engineering problems practically encountered in his work-place.
 Possess good oral and written communication skills.
 Function effectively as an individual or as a member of a multi-disciplinary
professional team.
 Possess a firm understanding of engineering ethical, legal and professional
responsibilities.
 Appreciate the need for and have the ability to engage in life-long learning experience
as an engineer.
 Improve the student practical skills in handling and dealing with electronics and
communication technology including the fabrication, characterization and installation
of components, devices, and systems

Specs - 1 of 14
2- Intended learning outcomes (ILO’s)

A- Knowledge and Understanding


The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able
to demonstrate the knowledge and understanding of:

A1 Concepts and theories of mathematics, chemistry, graphics and electronic


engineering systems.
A2 Basics of information and communication technology (ICT)

A3 Characteristics of engineering materials used in electronic circuits and


components.
A4 Principles of design of electronic circuits and components.

A5 Methodologies of solving engineering problems, data collection and


interpretation
A6 Quality assurance systems, codes of practice and standards, health
and safety requirements and environmental issues.
A7 Business and management principles relevant to engineering.

A8 Current engineering technologies related to communication systems.

A9 Topics related to humanitarian interests and moral issues.

A10 Technical language and report writing.

A11 Professional ethics and impacts of engineering solutions on society


and environment.
A12 Contemporary engineering topics.

A13 Analysis of signal processing

A14 Coding and decoding techniques.

A15 Basics of electromagnetism, wave propagation and Transmission


lines for communication systems.
A16 Microwave and optoelectronic components and systems for
transmission and reception.
A17 Electronic, microwave, and optical measurements and
instrumentations.
A18 Engineering systems description, analysis and control.

A19 Basics of Communication systems and networks.

A20 Basics of programming and software development

Specs - 2 of 14
B- Intellectual Skills
The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be
able to:
B1 Select appropriate mathematical and computer-based methods for modeling
and analyzing communication systems problems
B2 Select appropriate solutions for communication systems problems based on
analytical thinking.
B3 Think in a creative and innovative way in problem solving and design.

B4 Combine, exchange, and assess different ideas, views, and knowledge from
a range of sources.

B5 Assess and evaluate the characteristics and performance of electronic


components, systems and processes.
B6 Investigate the failure of electronic components, systems, and processes.

B7 Solve industrial problems, often on the basis of limited and possibly


contradicting information.

B8 Select and appraise appropriate ICT tools to a variety of engineering


problems.
B9 Judge engineering decisions considering balanced costs, benefits, safety,
quality, reliability, and environmental impact.
B10 Incorporate economic, societal, environmental dimensions and risk
management in design.
B11 Analyze results of numerical models and assess their limitations.

B12 Create systematic and methodic approaches when dealing with new and
advancing technology.
B13 Develop analytical models for engineering problems

B14 Develop innovative solutions for the practical industrial problems.

B15 Synthesis and integrate electronic systems for certain specific function
using the right equipment.
B16 Analyze the performance of digital and analog communication, mobile
communication, coding, and decoding systems.

Specs - 3 of 14
C- Professional and Practical Skills
The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be
able to:
C1 Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, information technology, design,
business context and engineering practice integrally to solve
communication systems problems.
C2 Professionally merge the communication systems knowledge,
understanding, and feedback to improve design, products and/or services.
C3 Create and/or re-design a process, component or system, and carry out
specialized communication systems designs.
C4 Practice the neatness and aesthetics in communication systems design and
approach.
C5 Use computational facilities and techniques, measuring instruments,
workshops and laboratory equipment to design experiments, collect,
analyze and interpret results.
C6 Use a wide range of analytical tools, techniques, equipment, and software
packages pertaining to the discipline and develop required computer
programs.
C7 Apply numerical modeling methods to communication systems problems.

C8 Apply safe systems at work and observe the appropriate steps to manage
risks.
C9 Demonstrate basic organizational and project management skills.

C10 Apply quality assurance procedures and follow communication systems


codes and standards.
C11 Exchange knowledge and skills with communication systems engineering
community and industry.
C12 Prepare and present technical reports.

C13 Apply appropriate mathematical methods or IT tools.

C14 Use relevant laboratory equipment and analyze the results correctly.

C15 Use the standard tools to maintain and repair almost all types of electronic
systems .
C16 Identify appropriate specifications for required devices.

C17 Apply computer programming for the design and diagnostics of digital and
analog communication, mobile communication, coding, and decoding
systems.
C18 Prepare appropriate tools to measure system performance.

Specs - 4 of 14
D- General and Transferable Skills
The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be
able to:
D1 Collaborate effectively within multidisciplinary team.

D2 Work in stressful environment and within constraints.

D3 Communicate effectively.

D4 Demonstrate efficient IT capabilities.

D5 Lead and motivate individuals

D6 Effectively manage tasks, time, and resources

D7 Search for information and engage in life-long self learning discipline.

D8 Acquire entrepreneurial skills.

D9 Refer to relevant literatures.

3- Academic standards
The references for standards considered in the development of this program were the National
Academic Reference Standards (NARS), August 2009 ( as a minimum standards) prepared by
the engineering education sector of the supreme council of universities in Egypt and those of the
American Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET).
4- Reference Marks:
Not Applicable.
5- Curriculum Structure and Contents

5.a- Program duration: 5 years


5.b- Program structure:
i- No. of hours per week: See Study Plan.
ii- No. of credit hours: ----- ---

Compulsory Elective Optional


153 27 -----------

iii-No. of credit hours of basic sciences courses: No.45 25%


iv- No. of credit hours of courses of social: No. 18 10%
sciences and humanities
v- No. of credit hours of specialized courses: No.21 11.7%
vi- No. of credit hours of other courses: No.96 53.3 %
vii- Practical/Field Training: Not Obligatory No.--- --- %
5.c.-Program Levels:
Specs - 5 of 14
Level Class
1 Freshman
2 Sophomore
3 Pre-Junior
4 Junior
5 Senior

5.d- Program Courses:-

STUDY PLAN

1st Year

Credit Weekly Hours


Code Course Title Prerequisite
Hours Lec. Tut. Lab
Fall Semester (Term 1)
EMAT 110 Calculus for Engineering I 3 3 2 --
ECHM 110 General Chemistry for Engineering 3 2 2 2
EPHS 110 Engineering Mechanics I،Statics 3 3 2 --
ENGR 110 Engineering Design & Graphics 4 3 4 --
ENGR 111 Engineering Profession, Practice & 2 2 2 --
Responsibilities
HUMN 110 English Language 3 2 -- 2
Total Hours 18 15 12 4
Spring Semester (Term 2)
EMAT 120 Calculus for Engineering II 3 3 2 -- EMAT 110
EMAT 121 Linear Algebra 3 3 2 --
EPHS 120 Engineering Mechanics II Dynamics 3 3 2 -- EMAT 110
and EPHS
110
EPHS 121 Waves, Electricity & Magnetic Fields 3 2 2 2
ENGR 120 Engineering Computation 3 2 2 2
HUMN 120 Technical Writing and Communication 3 3 2 --
Total Hours 18 16 12 4

Specs - 6 of 14
2ND YEAR
Credit Weekly Hours
Code Course Title Prerequisite
Hours Lec. Tut. Lab
Fall Semester (Term 3)
EMAT 230 Calculus for Engineering III 3 3 2 -- EMAT 120
Differential Equations & Partial EMAT 120
EMAT 231 3 3 2 --
Differential Equations
ENGR 230 Structures and Properties of 3 2 2 2 ECHM 110,
Materials EPHS 121
HUMN 240 Engineering Economy 3 3 2 -- --
COMM 230 Electronic Technology 2 2 2 -- --
EPHS 230 Optical and Thermal Physics 2 3 2 2 EMAT 120
Total Hours 16 16 12 4
Spring Semester (Term 4)
Statistics & Probability for
EMAT 240 3 3 2 -- EMAT 230
Engineering
COMM 240 Computer Programming 3 3 2 -- ENGR120
Electrostatics and Magneto EMAT 230
COMM 241 3 3 2 --
statics
EMAT 350 Numerical Techniques 3 3 2 -- EMAT 231,
EMAT121
COMM 242 Electrical Circuits 3 2 2 2 EMAT 230
Compl. and Special Funtions and EMAT230
EMAT 232 4 3 2 --
Fourier
Total Hours 19 17 12 2

3RD YEAR
Credit Weekly Hours
Code Course Title Prerequisite
Hours Lec. Tut. Lab
Fall Semester (Term 5)

EPHS 240 Modern physics and Quantum 3 3 2 -- EMAT 231,


Mechanics EMAT 240
COMM 350 Signals and Systems 4 2 2 2 EMAT 240
COMM 351 Electronic Materials 3 3 2 -- COMM230
COMM 352 Electromagnetic Fields 3 3 2 -- COMM 241
COMM 353 Logic Design 3 3 2 -- COMM 242
ENGR 360 Thermodynamics 3 3 2 ، EMAT 231
Total Hours 19 18 12 2
Spring Semester (Term 6)
HUMN xxx Free Elective 3 3 --
COMM 360 Solid State Electronic Devices 3 3 2 -- COMM 230
COMM 361 Electronic Circuits 3 3 2 -- COMM 242
COMM 362 Waves and Transmission Lines 3 2 2 2 COMM 352
COMM 363 Computer Architecture 3 3 2 -- --
Specs - 7 of 14
COMM 364 Electronic Measurements 2 -- ، 4 COMM 353
Total Hours 17 14 8 6

4TH YEAR
Credit Weekly Hours
Code Course Title Prerequisite
Hours Lec. Tut. Lab
Fall Semester (Term 7)
COMM 41x Technical Elective (1) 3 2 2 2 --
COMM 353,
COMM 471 Digital Circuit Design 3 2 2 2
COMM 361
COMM 42x Technical Elective (2) 3 3 2 -- --
COMM 473 Analog Communication 3 2 2 2 COMM 350,
Systems COMM 360
COMM 470 Digital Signal Processing 3 3 2 -- COMM 350
HUMN xxx Free Elective 3 3 -- --
Total Hours 18 14 10 6
Spring Semester (Term 8)
COMM 481 Communication Networks 3 3 2 -- COMM 473
COMM 43x Technical Elective (3) 3 2 2 2 --
COMM 482 Control Systems 3 2 2 2 COMM 350
COMM 44x Technical Elective (4) 3 3 2 -- --
Impact of Technology on --
HUMN 480 3 3 -- --
Society
COMM 483 Digital Communications 3 2 2 2 COMM 473
Total Hours 18 15 10 6

Technical Electives 1 and 2

COMM 411 Antenna Engineering and Propagation (tracks 1 and 3)


(Prerequisite: COMM 362)
COMM 421 Analog Circuits (Prerequisite: COMM 360, COMM 361)
COMM 441 Optoelectronic devices (Prerequisite: COMM 351, COMM 360)

Technical Electives 3 and 4


COMM 412 Acoustics (Prerequisite: COMM 411)
COMM 422 VLSI Design (Prerequisite: COMM 471)
COMM 432 Microwave Circuits (Prerequisite: COMM 362)
COMM 451 Statistical Signal Processing

Specs - 8 of 14
5TH YEAR

Credit Weekly Hours


Code Course Title Prerequisite
Hours Lec. Tut. Lab
Fall Semester (Term 9)
COMM 591 Computer Networks 3 3 2 -- COMM 482
COMM 51x Technical Elective (5) 3 3 2 -- --
COMM 52x Technical Elective (6) 3 3 2 -- --
COMM 592 Quality Engineering 3 3 2 --
COMM 593 Project (1) 3 1 -- 4 --

COMM 598 Project Management 3 3 2 ،


Total Hours 18 16 10 4
Spring Semester (Term 10)
COMM 594 Project (2) 6 2 -- 8 --
COMM 53x Technical Elective (7) 3 3 2 -- --
COMM 595 Information Theory and 3 3 2 -- COMM 483
Coding
COMM 596 Industrial Accounting 3 3 2 -- --
COMM 597 Introduction to Decision 3 3 2 --
Analysis
Total Hours 18 14 8 8
Technical Electives 5 and 6

COMM 513 Wireless and Mobile Communications (Prerequisite: COMM 411, COMM
483)
COMM 514 Satellite Communications (Prerequisite: COMM 411, COMM 483)
COMM 523 CAD for Digital Circuits (Prerequisite: COMM 422)
COMM 524 Analog Integrated Circuit Design (Prerequisite: COMM 421, COMM 422)
COMM 533 Microwave Devices (Prerequisite: COMM 432)
COMM 542 Optical Communication Systems (Prerequisite: COMM 441)
COMM 552 Image Processing (Prerequisite: COMM 451)

Technical Elective 7
COMM 515 Network Security (Prerequisite: COMM 591)
COMM 525 RF Circuit Design (Prerequisite: COMM 421)
COMM 526 Embedded System Design (Prerequisite: COMM 523)
COMM 527 Distributed Systems (Prerequisite: COMM 471)
COMM 534 Microwave Measurements (Prerequisite: COMM 533)
COMM 543 Integrated Optics and Optical MEMS (Prerequisite: COMM 542)
COMM 553 Audio and Video Encoding (Prerequisite: COMM 552)
COMM 554 Multimedia Engineering (Prerequisite: COMM 552)

6- Course Contents:-

Refer to course specifications.

Specs - 9 of 14
7- Program Admission Requirements:-

 Students with High Schools Diploma (Thanaweya Ammaa and/or equivalent


diplomas) may apply for admission/enrolment in the Credit Hours Engineering
Programs after being accepted in the Faculty of Engineering (ASU) based on the rules
yearly set by the Higher Council of Universities.
 The Credit Hours Engineering Program Council sets the rules of admitting students to
the programs considering the student requests and basic egalitarianism principle.
 The Credit Hours Engineering Program Council may assign basic engineering and/or
science courses (maximum two courses) to the student as an admission prerequisite.
The courses are counted as zero credit courses and are not included in the GPA of the
students. The Council will set the policy/procedures for assigning these zero credit
courses.

Student Transfer to and from the Credit Hours Programs


 The Program Council sets the terms for students transfer to and from the credit hours
program considering all the terms set by the Higher Council of Universities.
 Student may transfer from the credit hours programs to the traditional programs
provided that he/she did not complete more than 108 credit hours. A maximum of
50% of his/her courses will be transferred to the traditional programs after performing
course equivalency on these courses with the corresponding courses in the traditional
programs.
 The following table is adopted in transferring credit between the credit hours programs
and the traditional programs:
Grade Percentage points Grade
Distinction 95% and higher 4.00 A
90% to less than 95% 3.70 A،
85% to less than 90% 3.30 B+
Very 80% to less than 85% 3.00 B
Good 75% to less than 80% 2.70 B،
Good 70% to less than 75% 2.30 C+
65% to less than 70% 2.00 C
Pass 60% to less than 65% 1.7 C،
55% to less than 60% 1.3 D+
50% to less than 55% 1.0 D
Fail less than 50% 0.0 F

Program System
 The Programs follow the credit hours system: Once credit hour is generally equivalent
to a one hour weekly lecture (theoretical) or two hours weekly Lab work.
 All offerings in all courses of the Credit Hours Engineering Programs are performed
in English. The student level in English is checked by the College via a placement test.
If the student did not achieve the required score in this test, he/she must enrol in the
English Language Course offered among the Humanities courses.

Term Duration and Enrolment/Registration Time


 The academic year is composed of three semesters
o Fall Semester: starts around the 3rd week of September and lasts for 15
weeks.
o Spring Semester: starts around the second week of February and lasts for
15 weeks
Specs - 10 of 14
o Summer Semester: starts in July and lasts for 6 weeks.
 Enrolment in the programs starts two weeks before the Fall Semester starts after
fluffing all the programs requirements as set by the Program Administration Council.
 Registration for any semester takes place within two weeks before the starting day of
the semester. Registration is not final till the full tuition fees are paid.
 Registering courses within the Summer Semester is optional.

Registration Terms
 A student may register for a maximum of 18 credit hours in the Fall or the Spring
Semesters and a maximum of 8 credit hours (maximum two courses) in the Summer
Semester.
 Students listed on the Dean’s List (GPA 3.6 and higher) may register in 21 credit
hours in the Fall or the Spring Semesters.
 Students on probation (GPA less than 2.0) cannot register in more than 12 credit hours
per semester.

Registration Procedures
 Student register in every semester after fulfilling the registration terms (Article 47).
Students must consult his Academic Advisor before registering in any semester.
Registration should be completed within the dates specified in Article 44 and
announced every semester by the Programs Council. Registration is not approved till
the student pays the full tuition fee.
 Late registration is not approved unless there is a vacancy in the courses. Late
registration fee may apply, in addition to the normal tuition fee.
 Students may not register in any course without fulfilling all its pre،requisites.
 Students may register as an audit in any course provided that there is a vacancy in this
course after registering all regular students. Auditing a course does not give any credit
to the student.
Add/Drop courses and/or Withdraw Terms
 Students may add and drop courses in the first two weeks of Fall/Spring Semesters
and the first week of the Summer Semester. Add/Drop course(s) should not violate the
minimum and maximum number of credit hours registered per semester.
 Student may withdraw from any course within the first 8 weeks of the semester (first
four weeks for the Summer Semester). Tuition fee will not be refunded to the students
in such circumstances. The student gets a W،grade in this course and must repeat it in
a following semester and re،pay its tuition fee.
 Student who wants to withdraw from a whole semester should submit a request to and
get an approval from the program administration. This request should be signed by the
student Academic Advisor. The student will repeat all the courses from which he/she
withdraws in a following semester after re،paying the tuition fee.
 The student who fails any course must repeat this course and re،pay the tuition fee.
Passing Courses
 A student must get a minimum D Grade in order to pass a course that is not a
pre،requisite to any other course.
 A student must get a minimum C– Grade in order to pass a course that is pre،requisite
to any other course.
 If a student gets a grade which is less than the ones specified above, he/she must
repeat the course (full attendance and performing all activities including

Specs - 11 of 14
examinations) to fulfil its minimum required grade. The maximum grade which the
student gets after repeating a course is C.
 A student may repeat a course in which he/she gets a D،grade to improve his GPA.
The student may repeat up to 5 courses with a maximum of 15 credit hours. The
maximum grade a student gets in any repeated course is C.
Academic Warning
 A student gets an academic warning his/her cumulative GPA at a semester is less
than 2.0. In such case, he/she will not be allowed to register in more than 12 credit
hours in the following semester(s) till he/she revokes the academic warning.
 A student who gets 3 consecutive warnings (fails to raise his GPA to 2.0 or above in 3
successive semesters) will be expelled from the credit hours programs.

Grades of the Credit Hours Programs Courses


 The points of the credit hours programs courses are evaluated as follows:
Grade Points Percentage
A 4.00 95% and higher
A- 3.70 90% to less than 95%
B+ 3.30 85% to less than 90%
B 3.00 80% to less than 85%
B- 2.70 75% to less than 80%
C+ 2.30 70% to less than 75%
C 2.00 65% to less than 70%
C، 1.7 60% to less than 65%
D+ 1.3 55% to less than 60%
D 1.0 50% to less than 55%
F 0.0 less than 50%
W 0.0 Withdraw within the specified
dates

Grades of Non،Credit Courses


 Courses registered as audit courses will have the following grades:
Grade Points Course
AU 0.0 Audit Course

 Grades for any additional course that a student may register in, which he/she is only
required to pass and is not included in the required courses of the program are:
Grade Points Course Grade
P 0.0 Pass
F 0.0 Fail
W 0.0 Withdraw

Student Status
 Student is transferred from one level to another after completing 20% of the
graduation requirements without specifying the courses type or level. This defines the
status of the student within the College of Engineering.
Student Evaluation

Specs - 12 of 14
 Every course will have a written final examination at the end of the semester. The
final examination’s grade should constitute a minimum of 40% of the total course
grade with the exception of the graduation project.
 Student must attend at least 75% of the course to be able to attend the final
examination and pass the course.
 Student fails the course if he/she does not fulfil the passing courses or does not attend
the final examination without submitting an accepted justification to the Program
Council.
Calculation of the Grade Point Average GPA
 Course’s points achieved by the students = number of credit hours of this course X the
course grade points (article 56).
 In any semester, the total points achieved by the student = the sum of the courses
points students achieved in this semester.
 The Semester GPA = the total points achieved by the student in his/her courses of this
semester divided by the total number of credit hours of these courses.
 The Cumulative GPA at the end of any semester = the total points achieved by the
student in all his/her courses up to this semester divided by the total number of credit
hours of these courses.
 The Cumulative Graduation GPA (after the student passes all the required courses
for graduation) = the total points achieved by the student in all his/her courses divided
by the total number of credit hours of these courses. Student will not graduate till
he/she achieves a minimum Cumulative Graduation GPA of 2.0.
 Student transcript should contain all the courses registered by the student throughout
his program including those he/she failed in or withdraw from.

Dean’s List, Honour Degree and Programs’ Merits


 Student who achieves a Cumulative GPA of 3.6 or higher after any semester and did
not fail any course throughout his/her course of study is included in the Dean’s List of
the following semester. He/she is entitled for fee remission (Programs’ Merits) in the
following semester. The fee remission percentage is dependent on the student’s GPA
as set by the Program Administration Council.
 Student who keeps a cumulative GPA of 3.6 or higher in every semester all through
his course of study and does not fail any course, graduates with an Honour Degree
which is documents in his graduation certificate.
The top 30 students in Thanawaya Amaa who enrolled in the credit hours program are
fully exempted from paying any tuition fee in their first semester. To maintain this
exemption in the following semesters, the student should maintain a cumulative GPA of
3.9 or higher in every semester

8- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion:-

 To obtain the Bachelor of Science Degree in Materials Engineering, student must


successfully complete 180 credit hours. The minimum graduation GPA in all program
is 2.0.
 A graduation project is an essential part of the program requirements for graduation.
The graduation project may be completed over two semesters, as per the program’s
curriculum.
 Students must perform Co،op summer training for a minimum of 8 weeks. The
summer training may be continuous in one summer semester or divided over two
semesters. Training must be performed in an industrial facilities related to the student
Specs - 13 of 14
program under the direct supervision of the student academic advisor. The student
must submit a detailed report approved by his program director after completing his
Co،op training according to Article 49.
 An entrance English language exam is mandatory for all students. Passing the exam
will allow students to take the ‘Technical Writing and Communications’ course. Not
passing the exam will necessitate that students take the English Language course and
have to pass it without adding its credit to the GPA.

Specs - 14 of 14
Program Courses ILOs

CODE COURSE A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
HUMN 110 English Language X X X X X X X X
ECHM 110 General Chemistry for Engineering X X X X X X X X
EMAT 110 Calculus for Engineering I X X X X X X X X
EPHS 110 Engineering Mechanics I،Statics X X X X X
ENGR 110 Engineering Design & Graphics X X X X X
ENGR 111 Engineering Profession, Practice & Responsibilities X X X X X X X X X X X X
ENGR 120 Engineering Computation X X X X X X X X X X X X X
EPHS 120 Engineering Mechanics II Dynamics X X X X X
EPHS 121 Waves, Electricity & Magnetic Fields X X X X X X X X X X
EMAT 120 Calculus for Engineering II X X X X X X X X
EMAT 121 Linear Algebra X X X X X X X
HUMN 120 Technical Writing and Communication X X X X X X X X X
ENGR 230 Structures and Properties of Materials X X X X X X X X
EMAT 230 Calculus for Engineering III X X X X X X X X
EPHS 230 Optical and Thermal Physics X X X X X X X X
COMM 230 Electronic Technology X X X X X X X X
HUMN 240 Engineering Economy X X X X X X X X X
EMAT 231 Differential Equations & Partial Differential Equations X X X X X X X
EMAT 240 Statistics & Probability for Engineering X X X X X X X X X
EMAT 232 Complex and Special functions and Fourier Analysis X X X X X
EMAT 350 Numerical Techniques X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 240 Computer Programming X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 241 Electrostatics and Magneto Statics X X X X X
COMM 242 Electrical Circuits X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
EPHS 240 Modern Physics and Quantum Mechanics X X X X X X X X X
COMM 350 Signals and Systems X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 351 Electronic Materials X X X X X X
COMM 352 Electromagnetic Fields X X X X X X X X
COMM 353 Logic Design X X X X X X X X X X X X
ENGR 360 Thermodynamics X X X X X
COMM 360 Solid State Electronic Devices X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 361 Electronic Circuits X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 362 Waves and Transmission Lines X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 364 Electronic Measurements X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 470 Digital Signal Processing X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 471 Digital Circuit Design X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 473 Analog Communication Systems X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 363 Computer Architecture X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 481 Communication Networks X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 482 Control systems X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 483 Digital Communications X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 591 Computer Networks X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 592 Quality Engineering X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 593 Project (1) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 598 Project Management X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 594 Project (2) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 595 Information Theory and Coding X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 596 Industrial Accounting X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 597 Introduction to Decision Analysis X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 411 Antenna Engineering and Propagation X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 421 Analog Circuits X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 441 Optoelectronic Devices X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 552 Image Processing X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 514 Satellite Communications X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 526 Embedded System Design X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 432 Microwave Circuits X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 542 Optical Communication Systems X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 553 Audio and Video Encoding X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 513 Wireless and Mobile Communications X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 524 Analog Integrated Circuit Design X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 422 VLSI Design X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 533 Microwave Devices X X X X X X X X X
COMM 543 Integrated Optics and Optical MEMS X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 554 Multimedia Engineering X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 412 Acoustics X X X X X X X X X
COMM 515 Network Security X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 525 RF Circuit Design X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 527 Distributed Systems X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 523 CAD for Digital Circuits X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 534 Microwave Measurements X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
COMM 451 Statistical Signal Processing X X X X X X X X X X X X
HUMN 111 German Language X X X X X X X X
HUMN 360 Engineering Law X X X X X X X X X X X
HUMN 361 Introduction to Marketing X X X X X X X X X X
HUMN 362 Engineering Management X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
HUMN 363 Health and Wellness X X X X X X X X X
HUMN 364 Human Resources Management X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
HUMN 480 Impact of Technology on Society X X X X X X X X

15 / 15 Communication Systems Engineering 16/09/2013


Course specifications of
Calculus For Engineering I –EMAT 110 Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Engineering Programs
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 1, Summer semester
Date of specification approval: 8/9/2013

A- Basic Information

Title: Calculus For Engineering I Code:


PHM012

Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3


Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

• Introducing the basic techniques of "Calculus" the richer methodology of advanced mathematics.
• Providing the student with a solid foundation in one-variable differential calculus. It covers limit of one-
variable functions, continuity and differentiability. All the standard basic techniques, theorems and basic
applications are covered as well.
• Allowing the student to be aware of the most familiar mathematical rules, techniques, and formulas and like.
He must be able to combine the pre-studied elementary notations of classical mathematics with the more
powerful concept of a limiting process needed in the modern development of science and engineering which
require deducing and applying still more complicated laws to solve some complicated problems and perform
extensive calculations.

On successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

• Deal with the basic advanced mathematics.


• Perform basic process of Calculus.
• Study some mathematical rules, techniques and formulas developed in connection with the demands of natural
science (physics, mechanics, engineering science etc).
• Know and understand the basic principles of higher mathematics and be able to apply them to concrete
problems.
1

Course Coordinator: Prof. Salwa Ishak

Head of Department:

Date: 8/1/2012 EMAT 110


2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)

Upon successful completion of this course the students will be able to:

a. Knowledge and understanding


a1- Classify all types of algebraic and some transcendental functions.
a2- Locate the graphs of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions.
a3- Understand the basic and advanced principles of limits, continuity, differentiation and
integration of many real functions.
a4- Know the most familiar differentiation techniques, chain rule, implicit and logarithmic
differentiation.
a5- Identify some applications of derivatives, extrema of functions, curve sketching and
related rates.
a6- Recognize the basic concept of anti-derivatives and some basic integration rules.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Discriminate between different types of real functions and process.
b2- Process logical mathematical thinking and analyzing.
b3- Analyze and solve some engineering mathematical problems and performing
extensive calculations.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Use of limits, differentiation techniques and integration rules.
c2- Implement and develop still more complicated laws to solve some complicated
concrete problems.
c3- Design and perform extensive calculations.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work and deal with the basic advanced engineering mathematics.
d2- Use and find information independently through reading some other text books with
related course topics.
d3- Develop realistic solutions for work problems through analysis the given data.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Salwa Ishak

Head of Department:

Date: 8/1/2012 EMAT 110


3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

Course overview; ways of representing Functions


1 3* 2 2* 2 10
and their graphs

2 The limit of a function. 3* 2 2* 2 10

3 Derivatives of Trigonometric functions. 3* 2 2* 2 10

4 Implicit differentiation and the Chain Rule. 3* 2 2* 2 10

5 Horizontal asymptotes. 3* 1 2* 1 5

6 Definite Integrals. 3* 3 2* 3 15

7 Indefinite Integrals and Substitution Rule. 3* 3 2* 3 15

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Prof. Salwa Ishak

Head of Department:

Date: 8/1/2012 EMAT 110


4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 –5 1-7 20

Quiz Quiz 1 1 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 3 15

Quiz Quiz 2 4 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 6 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 8 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
James Stewart., " Calculus ", Six Edition, 2004, International student edition,
ISBN 007-124429-8.

Recommended books
Kreyszig E., " Advanced Engineering Mathematics ", 9th Edition, 2006, John Wiley & Sons,
ISBN-13: 978-0-471-72897-9 ISBN10: 0-471-72897-7.

b. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc


- ---- ---- ----

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Prof. Salwa Ishak

Head of Department:

Date: 8/1/2012 EMAT 110


Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Course overview; ways of


representing Functions and their       
graphs

The limit of a function.       

Derivatives of Trigonometric       
functions.

Implicit differentiation and the       


Chain Rule.

Horizontal asymptotes.      

Definite Integrals.        

Indefinite Integrals and      


Substitution Rule.

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Lecture        
Tutorials         

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Assignment 1 – 5        
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1        
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2        
Final Term Exam         
1

Course Coordinator: Prof. Salwa Ishak

Head of Department:

Date: 8/1/2012 EMAT 110


1

Course Coordinator: Prof. Salwa Ishak

Head of Department:

Date: 8/1/2012 EMAT 110


Ain shams university
Faculty of engineering
Credit hours system
Course specifications ECHM 110 -chemistry
Department: physics and engineering sciences
Program: Communication and Electronics Engineering,, Computer
Engineering and Architectural Engineering.
Academic Level: 0 Academic Years 2013/2014

A-Basic information

Title: chemistry code: ECHM 110- Chemistry


Credit hours: 4 Lecture: 2
Tutorial: 2 Practical: 2 total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Establish a scientific base for the students in the field of Engineering Chemistry.
• Provide the student with knowledge about the effect of the environment on the material
whatever it’s from is in different purposes, i.e. the relation between the medium and the
material.
• Acquire scientific bases which qualify the student to control dominate and protect the
used material.
• Solve industrial problems in a scientific method.
• Study the main problems of water pollution.
• Develop the general idea about construction materials and chemistry.
• Enrich the basics about the chemistry of Environmental pollution.
• Provide through well designed studies of experimental and practical chemistry.
• Prepare confident citizens in technological word, able to take or develop and informed
interest in matters of scientific import.
• Be ready for employment and/or further studies beyond this level.
Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
A-Knowledge and understanding
A1- students should be able to demonstrate knowledge with understanding in relation to:
Scientific phenomena, facts, laws, definitions, concepts, theories

A2- students should be able to demonstrate knowledge with understanding in relation to the
principles of chemical engineering including chemical reaction equilibrium and
thermodynamics.
A3- students should be able to demonstrate knowledge with understanding in relation to
scientific quantities and their determination

B-intellectual skills

B1- Students should have an ability to apply knowledge of chemistry with the different
engineering fields

C-professional and practical skills

C1- Students should have an ability to design and conduct experiments as well to analyze and
interpret data
C2- Students should have an ability to fix the principles of chemical equilibrium and process
thermodynamics to systems with chemical reactions.
C3- students should have an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.

D-General and transferable skills


D1- students should have an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
D2- students should have an ability to communicate effectively

/Basic Information
Course Code/Name ECHM 110- Chemistry Lecture 2
Prerequisites Code/Name ---- Tutorial 2
Credit Hours 4 Lab 2
Total 6
Professional Information
1. Student Assessment Methods :
Assessment Weight Assessment Schedule
Home Work ----
Reports 10% W3, W6, W10, W13
Mid-Term Exam 20% W8
Oral Examination --- ---
Lab Examination 20% ---
Other Types Of Assessment 10% Every week
Final exam 40% W16
Total 100%
2. Contents :

Week No. Of Hours


Topics
No. Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
1 Introduction to states of matter. Gaseous state laws. 2 2 --- 4
2 Liquid state and its conversions. 2 2 --- 4
3 Solid state and alloys. 2 2 --- 4
4 .Thermo chemistry 2 2 --- 4
5 .Thermodynamics 2 2 --- 4
6 Solutions. 2 2 --- 4
7 Ionic equilibrium. 2 2 --- 4
8 Electro chemistry 2 2 --- 4
9 Corrosion of metals 2 2 --- 4
10 Water and its treatment. 2 2 --- 4
11 Chemistry of cement.. 2 2 --- 4
12 Basics of polymer chemistry. 2 2 --- 4
13 Fuel combustion .. 2 2 --- 4
14 Lap. Experiments --- --- 30 30
Final- Term Exam

3. List of References
Course Notes: Abd El-Halim, M. S. Chemistry for engineering students.
Essential Book (Text Books): Holum, Brady (Fundamentals of Chemistry) 3rd Ed. John-Wiley & sons Pub, (1988).
4. Facilities Required For Teaching & Learning
Teacher Name: Prof. Dr. M.S. Abd El Halim Date: 7/8/2013
Course specifications of
Engineering Mechanics I (Statics) – EPHS 110 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All credit hours Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All credit hours Programs
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 1, Fall semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Engineering Mechanics I (statics) Code: EPHS110


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Learn how to represent the forces in vector form and how to resolve and add these forces for studying its
resultant.
• Study the concept of the moment of a force and moment of a couple..
• Recognize and analyze the free body diagram and the equilibrium of particles or rigid bodies and frames..

• Study the concepts of friction and its effect on equilibrium.

• Recognize the fundamental quantities (position, velocity and acceleration) for describing the kinematics
of motion of the particle, against the time for different systems of coordinates.
• Study and analyze the various principles of Kinetics such as force-acceleration, work-energy and the
impulse-momentum principles for various types of problems of motion of particles.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ahmed Ezzat

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: (EPHS 110 ) Page 1 of 6


2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
By the end of the course the students will be able to:

a1- Identifie Forces, Moments, rectangular components of a force in space, Equilibrium of a


particle in space and Vector product of tow vectors.

a 2- Define the Equivalent systems of forces, Free body diagram and Equilibrium in Three
dimensions.

a 3- Identifie the Analysis of structures of Work and Energy – Principle of Impulse and
Momentum, Forces in beams and cables, Shear and bending moment diagrams.

a 4- Define the The laws of dry friction, Distributed forces and Second moment or moment of
inertia.

a 5- Identifie Moments of inertia virtual work and applications.

b. Intellectual skills
By the end of the course the students will be able to:

b1- Discriminate between different types of equilibrium conditions..

b 2- Formulate the equations of equilibrium of an object.

b 3- Analyze the statical problems using virtual work principle.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Design and perform experiments for equilibrium studies.

c2- Design and perform experiments for v.w. studies.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ahmed Ezzat

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: (EPHS 110 ) Page 2 of 6


3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)
1 Forces and Moments (Forces – Vector Algebra – Moments
– Couples). 3 2 5

2 Rectangular components of a force in space, Equilibrium of


a particle in space 3 2 5

3 External and internal forces, Vector product of tow vectors


3 2 5
4 Rigid bodies: Equivalent systems of forces.
3 2 5
5 Free body diagram, Equilibrium in two dimensions,
Reaction at supports , Equilibrium of a rigid body in two
3 2 5
dimensions

6 Equilibrium in Three dimensions


3 2 5
7 Analysis of structures of Work and Energy – Principle of
Impulse and Momentum – Impact Applications) 3 2 5

8 Forces in beams and cables


3 2 5
9 Shear and bending moment diagrams
3 2 5
10 The laws of dry friction, coefficients of friction, Belt
friction 3 2 5

11 Distributed forces: Centroids and centers of gravity


3 2 5
12 Second moment or moment of inertia of an area
3 2 5
13 Distributed forces: Moments of inertia
3 2 5
14 Method of virtual work
3 2 5
15 Application of the principle of virtual work
3 2 5

45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ahmed Ezzat

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: (EPHS 110 ) Page 3 of 6


4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 5 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)

• Beer F., Johnston R. and Claysen W., " Vector Mechanics for Engineering ", McGraw Hill,
7th Edition, 2005.
• Mechanics Staff members, "Engineering Mechanics (Statics and particle dynamics)"

Recommended books
Hibbeler R.., " Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics ", 10th Edition, 2006.
Riley W. and Sturges L.., " Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics ".

b. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc


- ---- ---- ----

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ahmed Ezzat

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: (EPHS 110 ) Page 4 of 6


Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Forces and Moments (Forces – Vector
x x
Algebra – Moments – Couples).

Rectangular components of a force in


x x x
space, Equilibrium of a particle in space

External and internal forces, Vector x


x x
product of tow vectors

Rigid bodies: Equivalent systems of forces. x


x

Free body diagram, Equilibrium in two x


dimensions, Reaction at supports ,
x
Equilibrium of a rigid body in two
dimensions

Equilibrium in Three dimensions


x x

Analysis of structures of Work and Energy


– Principle of Impulse and Momentum – x
Impact Applications)

Forces in beams and cables


x

Shear and bending moment diagrams


x

The laws of dry friction, coefficients of


x x
friction, Belt friction

Distributed forces: Centroids and centers x


x
of gravity

Second moment or moment of inertia of an


x x
area

Distributed forces: Moments of inertia x


x

Method of virtual work x x


x x x

Application of the principle of x x x


x x
virtual work

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ahmed Ezzat

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: (EPHS 110 ) Page 5 of 6


Learning Method /ILO Matrix
Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

x x x x x x x x
Lectures

x x x x
x x x
Tutorials

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
x x x x x x x x x x
Assignment 1 – 5
x x x x x
Quiz 1
x x x
Mid Term 1
x x x x x
Quiz 2
x x x x
Mid Term 2
x x x x x x x x
Final Term Exam

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ahmed Ezzat

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: (EPHS 110 ) Page 6 of 6


Course specifications of
Calculus For Engineering II – EMAT 120 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Building Engineering Program
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Building Engineering Program
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 1, Spring semester
Date of specification approval: 27/7/2013

A- Basic Information

Title: Calculus For Engineering II Code: EMAT120


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Find areas and tangent lines..


• Find tangents to curves.
• Know the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
• Apply integration to determine Areas between Curves and Volumes.
• Know different Trigonometric, Exponential and Logarithmic Functions.
• Apply Techniques of Integration in different engineering problems.
• Apply integration to determine Arc Length and Areas of a Surface of revolution.
• Define Curves by Parametric Equations.
• Use Polar Coordinates in integration problems.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nadia Anwer

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 120


2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define the Fundamental theory of Calculus.

a 2- Define the methods of Finding tangents to curves.

a 3- Define different Trigonometric, Exponential and Logarithmic Functions.

a 4- Define Techniques of Integration with applications to Areas and Volumes.

a 5- Define Curves by Parametric Equations.

a 6- Define Polar Coordinates.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Find tangents to curves.

b 2- Determine integration using different Techniques of Integration.

b 3- Determine Areas and Volumes using integration.

b 4- Obtain Curves by Parametric Equations.

b 5- Calculate integration using Polar Coordinates.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Apply integration to find area, volume of revolution, arc length and surface area.

c2- Fix the knowledge of mathematics to solve engineering problems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nadia Anwer

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 120


3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Course overview; Tangents to curves 3* 2 2* 2 10

Trigonometric, Exponential and Logarithmic


2 3* 2 2* 2 10
Functions.

Techniques of Integration: Integration by Parts,


3 3* 3 2* 3 15
by Substitution, and by Partial Fractions.

Applications of Integration to area, volumes, arc


4 3* 3 2* 3 15
length and surface area.

5 Curves defined by Parametric Equations. 3* 2 2* 2 10

6 Polar Coordinates. 3* 1 2* 1 5

7 Areas and Lengths in Polar Coordinates. 3* 2 2* 2 10

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nadia Anwer

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 120


4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 8 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
James Stewart., " Calculus ", Six Edition, 2004, International student edition,
ISBN 007-124429-8.

Recommended books
Kreyszig E., " Advanced Engineering Mathematics ", 9th Edition, 2006, John Wiley & Sons,
ISBN-13: 978-0-471-72897-9 ISBN10: 0-471-72897-7.

b. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc


- ---- ---- ----

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nadia Anwer

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 120


Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Course overview; Tangents to       


curves
Trigonometric, Exponential and       
Logarithmic Functions.
Techniques of Integration:
Integration by Parts, by       
Substitution, and by Partial
Fractions.
Applications of Integration to area,
volumes, arc length and surface       
area.
Curves defined by Parametric      
Equations.

Polar Coordinates.        

Areas and Lengths in Polar      


Coordinates.

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials        

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 14       
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1       
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2       
Final Term Exam          

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nadia Anwer

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 120


Course specifications of
Linear Algebra for Engineers – EMAT 121 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program :
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 1, Spring semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Linear Algebra for Engineers Code: EMAT121


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Solve Systems of Linear equations.


• Study Matrices and matrix operations.
• Determine Determinants by Cofactor Expansion and by Row Reduction.
• Learn about linear transformations.
• Familiarize with vector spaces.
• Determine Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of Matrices.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ashraf Khattab

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 121


2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define Linear Systems of Equations.

a 2- Define matrix operations.

a 3- Aacquaint with determinants, their properties and applications.

a 4- Define vector spaces.

a 5- Define linear transformations.

a 6- Define eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a matrix.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Solve Linear Systems of Equations.

b 2- Determine Determinants and their applications.

b 3- Study matrices and their operations.

b 4- Study linear transformations.

b 5- Determine eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Apply solving linear systems of equations in linear optimization.

c2- Fix the knowledge of matrices to solve engineering problems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ashraf Khattab

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 121


3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Systems of Linear equations. 3* 3 3* 2 15

2 Matrix Algebra 3* 2 2* 2 10

3 Determinants 3* 2 2* 2 10

4 Vector Spaces 3* 3 3* 2 15

5 Linear Transformations 3* 3 3* 2 15

6 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 3* 2 2* 2 10

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ashraf Khattab

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 121


4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 6 2-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
Howard Anton., " Elementary Linear Algebra ", Ninth Edition, 2004, International student edition,
ISBN 007-124429-8.

Recommended books
Kreyszig E., " Advanced Engineering Mathematics ", 9th Edition, 2006, John Wiley & Sons,
ISBN-13: 978-0-471-72897-9 ISBN10: 0-471-72897-7.

b. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc


- ---- ---- ----

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Content/ILO Matrix


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ashraf Khattab

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 121


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Systems of Linear equations.       

Matrix Algebra       

Determinants       

Vector Spaces       

Linear Transformations      

Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors        

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials        

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 8       
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1       
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2       
Final Term Exam        

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ashraf Khattab

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EMAT 121


Course specifications of
Waves, Electricity and Magnetic Field – EPHS 121 2012-2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication & Building Engineering Program
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Communication & Building Engineering Program
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 1, Spring semester
Date of specification approval: 10/01/2013

A- Basic Information

Title: Waves, Electricity and Magnetic Field Code: EPHS 121


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Lab 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Work effectively and safely in laboratory environment.


• Use the power of computers in applications of physics.
• Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing.
• Think critically and analyze physical problems.
• Know and understand some of the physical meaning and the governing laws.
• Analyze and solve problems based on understanding of Physical concepts and laws.
• Know some engineering applications based on the studied physical concepts.
• Use the scientific process that scientists use to deduce physical laws.
• Appreciate the power of Science in understanding, developing and sustaining life.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElBanna

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EPHS 121


2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define the units and dimensions of physical quantities.

a 2- Define the governing laws of Physical Mechanics.

a 3- Define the Electric field and Electric potential.

a 4- Define Magnetic field.

a 5- Define the sources of Magnetic field.

a 6- Define the Electromagnetic induction.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Measure different physical quantities.

b 2- Evaluate physical quantities that are not directly measurable.

b 3- Predict the action/outcome of different bodies and systems.

b 4- Describe the governing laws of Electromagnetism.

b 5- Predict the appropriate volumes, areas, or contours that simplifies problems.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Apply Physical laws experimentally .

c2- Fix the knowledge of Physical laws to solve engineering problems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team for projects achievements.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElBanna

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EPHS 121


3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Units and Dimensions 2* 1 2* 1 4

2 Physical mechanics. 2* 1 2* 1 4

3 Vectors 2* 1 2* 1 4

4 Electric force and field 2* 2 2* 2 8

5 Electric potential 2* 2 2* 2 8

6 Capacitors and dielectrics. 2* 2 2* 2 8

7 Electric current, electric circuit & RC circuit 2* 1 2* 1 4

8 Magnetic filed and the sources of magnetic fields. 2* 3 2* 3 12

9 Electromagnetic induction. 2* 2 2* 2 8

10 Lab work ----- 30 30

Total 30 60 90

4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignments 2-14 10

Written Exam Mid Term 1,2 8,13 20

Lab work Lab work 11 10

Written Quiz Quiz 1,2 4,6 10

Attendance & Participation Attendance & Participation 1-15 10

Project Implementation in groups 4-12 5 (Bonus)

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElBanna

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EPHS 121


5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
Physics for Scientists and Engineers, Serway 8th Ed

b. Recommended books
Halliday-Resnick-Walker-Fundamentals of Physics - 9th Edition Extended
c. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc
- ---- ---- ----

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures.

• Videos of Applications (online)

• Direct interaction on the internet.

• Projects done by students in group work.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElBanna

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EPHS 121


Course Content/ILO Matrix

b b b b b c c d d
Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2

Units and Dimensions       

Physical mechanics.       

Vectors       

Electric force & field       

Electric potential     
Electric current, electric circuit &       
RC circuit
Capacitors and dielectrics.      
Magnetic field and the sources of        
magnetic fields.
Electromagnetic induction.      

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials        

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignments        
Written Exam       
Lab work        
Written Quiz        
Attendance and
Participation
      

Written Exam        

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElBanna

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: EPHS 121


Course specifications of
Engineering Computation – ENGR 120 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Energy and Renewable Energy Engineering Program, and
Communication Systems Engineering Program
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Energy and Renewable Energy Engineering Program, and
Communication Systems Engineering Program
Department Teaching the course: Computer and Systems Engineering
Academic year/ Level: level 1, Spring semester
Date of specification approval: 25/01/2013

A- Basic Information

Title: Engineering Computation Code: ENGR 120


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Lab: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Know Fundamental concepts of computing systems.


• Identify computer systems.
• Know Processing computer programs.
• Use Computer network and internet.
• Design and Write Programs in C language.
• Use Computer programs implementation to solve specific engineering problems.
• Analyze the Data and computer results.

Course Coordinator: Gamal A. Ebrahim, Ph.D.

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab El-Ghandour

Date: ENGR 120


2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define the Fundamental concepts of computing systems.

a2- Define the Major components of computer systems.

a3- Define Processing computer programs.

a4- Understand problem solving using the C programming language.

a5- Know Computer programs implementation.

a6- Know terminologies of computer discipline.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Identify the advantages and disadvantages of Computer Components.

b2- Study the Input and Output Devices.

b3- Study data representations used in computer systems

b4- Write C programs for solving specific engineering problems

b5- Study Types of Programming Languages.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Design Programs to solve some engineering problems.

c2- Employ Programming Languages in solving some engineering problems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solving, and working in
a tea in different fields.

Course Coordinator: Gamal A. Ebrahim, Ph.D.

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab El-Ghandour

Date: ENGR 120


3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)
• Introduction
• Programming and Problem Solving
(Algorithm) using Flow Charts.
1 • Overview
4 4 8
• The basic structure of C Programs

2 Data Representation 4 4 8

3 Excel Sheets 4 4 8
1. Variables (naming, Declaration, types, and
initialization)
2. Assignment Statements
3. Input and Output (printf( ), scanf( ), and
getche( ) functions )
4 4. Operators (Arithmetic, Increment, and 6 6 12
Relational operators)
5. Precedence
6. Comments

Decisions:-

• The if statement (Multiple statements with if,


Nested if)
5 • The if–else Statement (Nested if-else, Logical 4 4 8
Operators)
• The else-if construct
• The switch-Statement
• The Conditional Operator

Loops:

• The for Loop (Structure, Operation, Nested)


6 4 4 8
• The while Loop (Nested while Loops)
• The do while Loop
• Ending a loop (break, and continue statements)

7 Functions:- 4 4 8

Course Coordinator: Gamal A. Ebrahim, Ph.D.

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab El-Ghandour

Date: ENGR 120


• Top-Down Design
• Simple Functions
• Functions that Return a Value
• Using arguments to Pass Data to a Function
• External Variables, Static Variables
• Function Prototype
• Preprocessor Directives

8 Lab ----- 30 30

Total 30 60 90

4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 5 3-14 15

Quiz Quiz 1 (Unannounced) ----- 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 (Unannounced) ----- 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Attendance &
All the term 5
Participation

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
- Gary B. Shelly , Misty E. Vermaat, “ Discovering Computers 2011 ”, 2010.
- C Programming using Turbo C++ - 3rd Edition - Robert Lafore
- J. R. Hanly and E. B. Koffman, C Program Design for Engineers, Addison Wesley, 2001

Recommended books
1

Course Coordinator: Gamal A. Ebrahim, Ph.D.

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab El-Ghandour

Date: ENGR 120


Handout content of the course prepared by the author of the course.
b. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc
- ---- ---- ----

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard or whiteboard

• A video projector

Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

1       

2       

3       

4       

5      

6        

7      

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials        

Course Coordinator: Gamal A. Ebrahim, Ph.D.

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab El-Ghandour

Date: ENGR 120


Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix
Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 6       
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1       
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2       
Final Term Exam        

Course Coordinator: Gamal A. Ebrahim, Ph.D.

Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab El-Ghandour

Date: ENGR 120


Course specifications of
Engineering Profession, Practice & Responsibilities – ENGR 111 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department offering the course: Any Department
Academic year / Level: 1st Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Engineering Profession, Practice & Code: ENGR 111
Responsibilities
Credit Hours: 2 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 4

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Familiarize the student with the meaning, history and different aspects of engineering.
• Help the student exploring future career and provide him/her with resources for job
opportunities.
• Introduce professional practice, responsibilities, health and safety and engineering ethics
in academia and in the workplace.
• Help the student gaining a rewarding engineering education that will give him/her a
better chance for employment.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Outline the history of the engineering profession.
a2- State the tools required for analyzing ethical engineering problems.
a3- Explain how to obtain healthy and safe environment within an engineering
project.
a4- State the advantage of Co-op education.
a5- Describe the different types of engineering reasoning.
a6- Outline the contents of resume.
1

Course Coordinator: Prof . AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Programs Director: Prof . Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 15/1/2013
b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Apply the code of ethics to real engineering case studies.
b2- Design a healthy and safe environment for engineers and workers.
b3- Compare between different types of reasoning.
b4- Prepare solutions for saving the planet from different types of pollution.
b5- Prepare himself/herself for job interviews.
b6- Think critically.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Solve a real case study analyzing various risks.
c2- Solve the ethical issues of a real case study.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Manage time, tasks, and resources efficiently.
d2- Acquire good communication Skills.
d3- Acquire entrepreneurial skills.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

Introduction to the Engineering


1 2 2 0 4
Profession
2 Effective Studying 4 4 0 8
3 Engineering Ethics 4 4 0 8
Health and Safety Issues for
4 4 4 0 8
Engineering Projects
5 Environmental Concerns 4 4 0 8

6 Communication 4 4 0 8

7 Career Exploration 4 4 0 8
Engineering Reasoning & Critical
8 4 4 0 8
Thinking
Total Hours 30 30 0 60
4– Teaching and learning methods
1

Course Coordinator: Prof . AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Programs Director: Prof . Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 15/1/2013
4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Final Exam End of Semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Presentations 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- Lecture Notes.


6.2- Internet.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Prof . AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Programs Director: Prof . Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 15/1/2013
Course Content/ILO Matrix

a a a a a a b b b b b b c c d d d
Course Content
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 3
Introduction to
the Engineering X
Profession
Effective X X
Studying
Engineering X X X X
Ethics
Health and
Safety Issues for X X X
Engineering
Projects
Environmental X
Concerns
Communication X X
Career X X X X
Exploration
Engineering
Reasoning & X X X X
Critical
Thinking

Learning Method /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 c1 c2 d1 d2 d3

Lectures X X X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X X X
Presentations X X X

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


1

Course Coordinator: Prof . AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Programs Director: Prof . Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 15/1/2013
Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 c1 c2 d1 d2 d3

Attendance and
X X X X X X
Participation
Assignments and X X X X X X X X
X X X
Term Project
Mid-Term X X X
X X X X X X X X X
Examination
Final Exam X X X X X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Prof . AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Programs Director: Prof . Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 15/1/2013
Course specifications of
Electronic Technology – COMM 230 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 2nd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Electronic Technology Code: COMM 230
Credit Hours: 2 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 4

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Build the student background in issues related to electronic technology.
• Help students develop a thorough understanding of different integrated circuits
fabrication processes, their environment, and their requirements.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the different processes required for integrated circuits fabrication.
a2- Explain the requirements of each fabrication process.
a3- Describe the clean room environment needed for integrated circuits fabrication.
a4- Explain the charts and equations necessary to adjust the fabrication processes
environment.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze the different fabrication processes parameters.
b2- Design the outline and floorplan of a clean room
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b3- Evaluate the quality of integrated circuits design and fabrication
b4- Plan a transistor fabrication process from start to end.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe a correct environment for IC fabrication.
c2- Design a fabrication process with right parameters.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a group to achieve a task in a timely manner.
d2- Refer to relevant literatures.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction to IC fabrication
1 2 2 0 4
environment and clean rooms
The complete MOS transistor design
2 4 4 0 8
flow
3 Ion Implantation 4 4 0 8

4 Diffusion 4 4 0 8

5 Lithography 4 4 0 8

6 Etching 4 4 0 8
7 Oxidation 4 4 0 8
8 Metallization 4 4 0 8
Total Hours 30 30 0 60

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.3 – Technical Report

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Technical report to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4, 8, and 12
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments & Technical Report 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- S. Campbell, “The Science and Engineering of Microelectronics Fabrication”, 2nd


Edition, Oxford University Press, 2001.
6.2- S.K. Ghandi, “VLSI Fabrication Principles: Silicon and Gallium Arsenide”, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 1994.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction to IC fabrication
X X X X X X
environment and clean rooms
The complete MOS transistor
X X X X X
design flow
Ion Implantation X X X X X X
Diffusion X X X X X X
Lithography X X X X X
Etching X X X X X X
Oxidation X X X X X X X
Metallization X X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X X
Technical
X X
Report

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X X X X X
Participation

Assignments
and Technical X X X X X X X X
Report

Quizzes X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Calculus for Engineering III – EMAT 230 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 2, Fall semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Calculus For Engineering III Code: EMAT 230


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Deal with basic concepts of functions of several variables.


• Evaluate partial derivatives directly or by chain rule.
• Find extreme values and apply the method of Lagrange multipliers.
• Evaluate all types of multiple, line and surface integrals in different coordinate systems.
• Use expansions of elementary functions of one and several variables.
• Apply Multiple integration in some engineering problems.
• Study Line integrals and Surface Integrals.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define three dimensional coordinate systems.

a 2- Define Functions of several variables.

a 3- Define Partial derivatives.

a 4- Define Double integrals over rectangles.

a 5- Define Triple integrals.

a 6- Define Green's theorems and Stokes' Theorem.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Calculate Dot and Cross product.

b 2- Formulate Equations of Lines and planes.

b 3- Determine Partial derivatives for Functions of several variables.

b 4- Calculate Double and Triple integrals.

b 5- Study Green’s and Stokes' Theorem.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Use multiple integral to solve practical engineering problems.

c2- Fix the knowledge of mathematics to solve engineering problems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

3- Contents

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Vectors and Geometry of Space. 3* 2 2* 2 10

Functions of several variables and Partial


2 3* 2 2* 2 10
derivatives.

3 Double integrals with Applications. 3* 3 2* 3 15

4 Triple integrals with Applications. 3* 3 2* 3 15

5 Vector calculus. 3* 1 2* 1 5

6 Green's theorems and Surface Integrals. 3* 2 2* 2 10

7 Stokes' Theorem. 3* 2 2* 2 10

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 5 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
James Stewart., " Calculus ", Six Edition, 2004, International student edition,
ISBN 007-124429-8.

Recommended books
Kreyszig E., " Advanced Engineering Mathematics ", 9th Edition, 2006, John Wiley & Sons,
ISBN-13: 978-0-471-72897-9 ISBN10: 0-471-72897-7.

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Vectors and Geometry of Space.       

Functions of several variables and


      
Partial derivatives.

Double integrals with Applications.       

Triple integrals with Applications.       

Vector calculus.      

Green's theorems and Surface        


Integrals.

Stokes' Theorem.      

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lecture       
Tutorials        

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 5       
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1        
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2        
Final Term Exam        

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Structures and Properties of Materials – ENGR 230 - Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department Teaching the course: Design and Production Engineering
Academic year/ Level: level 2, Fall semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Structures and Properties of Materials Code: ENGR 230


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Lab: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Recognize different classes of materials and distinguish between different materials.


• Perform simple calculations to determine crystal parameters and Identify- simply- directions
and planes in crystals.
• Recognize different types of structure: crystalline and amorphous and Predict some properties that are
related to the structure.

• Understand and Describe the intimate link between material structure, processing, and properties.

• Understand and Discuss the stress-strain response of solids in terms of their mechanical properties

• Discuss the origin of mechanical, electrical, thermal, optical and magnetic properties and explain

their properties related to the structure.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahid Azab

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define different classes of materials.

a 2- Define crystal parameters.

a 3- Define different types of structure: crystalline and amorphous.

a 4- Define some properties that are related to the structure.

a 5- Define the stress-strain response of solids in terms of their mechanical properties.

a 6- Define the origin of mechanical, electrical, thermal, optical and magnetic properties.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Study different classes of materials.

b 2- Determine crystal parameters.

b 3- Identify directions and planes in crystals.

b 4- Recognize different types of structure: crystalline and amorphous.

b 5- Discuss the stress-strain response of solids in terms of their mechanical properties.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Use crystal parameters identify directions and planes in crystals.

c2- Fix the knowledge of materials to identify structures of Materials.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahid Azab

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Introduction to materials science. 2* 2 2* 2 8

2 Atomic structure and Ionic arrangement 2* 3 2* 3 12

3 Ceramic materials. 2* 3 2* 3 12

4 Polymers. 2* 2 2* 2 8

Other materials: composites, construction,


5 2* 1 2* 1 4
electronic, magnetic and photonic materials.

6 Mechanical and Thermal properties of materials. 2* 3 2* 3 12

7 Corrosion and wear. 2* 1 2* 1 4

8 Labs ----- 30 30

Total 30 60 90

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahid Azab

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 5 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
Bonald R. Askeland & Pradeep P. Phule, Thomason Canada, " The Science and Engineering of Materials
", International Edition, 2006, International student edition, ISBN 0070-495-244442-2.

Recommended books
William D. Callister., " Materials Science and Engineering- An Introduction ", John Wiley & Sons.

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahid Azab

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Introduction to materials science.       

Atomic structure and Ionic       


arrangement

Ceramic materials.       

Polymers.       

Other materials: composites,


construction, electronic, magnetic      
and photonic materials.

Mechanical and Thermal properties        


of materials.

Corrosion and wear.      

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials        
Labs      

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 5       
Unannounced quizzes       
Mid Term 1        
Report on special Materials       
Attendance and Participation       
Final Term Exam        

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahid Azab

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Optical and Thermal Physics – EPHS 230 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Communication Systems Engineering
Department offering the course: Physics & Engineering Mathematics
Academic year / Level: 2nd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Optical and Thermal Physics Code: EPHS 230
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Understand the concepts of oscillations and waves.

• Understand the nature and properties of light

• Differentiate between mechanical waves and electromagnetic waves

• Study the properties of images formed due to mirrors and lenses

• Use the ray model to investigate the phenomena of interference and diffraction of light
waves

• Explain the bulk properties of matter and the correlation between these properties and the
mechanics of atoms and molecules.

• Use the laws of thermodynamics to provide explanations for how a refrigerator is able to
cool its contents, what types of transformations occur in a power plant or in the engine of
your automobile, or what happens to the kinetic energy of a moving object when the
object comes to rest?

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohammed El-Banna

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the types of waves
a2- Explain the difference between oscillations and waves
a3- Understand the standing waves in a string and in air columns
a4- Explain the reflection and refraction of light waves between two media using the ray
model
a5- Recognize the properties of images formed by mirrors and lenses
a6- Understand the interference and diffraction of light waves
a7- Explain the difference between temperature and heat energy

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze the different processes of an ideal gas
b2- Evaluate the efficiency of heat engines and refrigerators
b3- Draw the images formed by mirrors and lenses
b4- Use the principle of equi-partition theorem to evaluate the internal energy of an ideal gas

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe the Doppler effect
c2- Design heat engine and heat pump
c3- Simulate interference and diffraction patterns

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in group
d2- Write technical reports
d3- Perform scientific discussion with asserted argumentations.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Wave Motion 2 2 2 6

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohammed El-Banna

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
2 Sound Waves 2 2 2 6
3 Superposition and Standing Waves 4 4 4 12

4 Laws of Geometric Optics 2 2 2 6

5 Image Formation 6 6 6 18

6 Interference and Diffraction of Light Waves 2 2 2 6


7 Temperature and Heat Energy 2 2 2 6
8 First law of Thermodynamics 2 2 2 6
9 Kinetic Theory of Gases 2 2 2 6
10 Heat Engines and second law of Thermodynamics 6 6 6 18

Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohammed El-Banna

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Attendance and Participation 5%
Assignments 5% or 10%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%
Lab 10%
Total 100%

6- List of references

Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics by Serway and Jewett, 9th edition, Brooks Cole
Publishing, 2007.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohammed El-Banna

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Wave Motion   
Sound Waves  
Superposition and

Standing Waves
Laws of
 
Geometric Optics
Image Formation   
Interference and 
Diffraction of  
Light Waves
Temperature and
 
Heat Energy
First law of

Thermodynamics
Kinetic Theory of
 
Gases
Heat Engines and
second law of  
Thermodynamics

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Lectures            
Assignments        
Student
Presentations
  
Laboratory   

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohammed El-Banna

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance and
          
Participation

Assignments           

Quizzes            

Presentations      

Technical Report   

Mid-Term
            
Examination

Final Exam             

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohammed El-Banna

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Differential Equations & Partial Differential Equations – EMAT 231 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 2, Fall semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Differential Equations & Partial Differential Equations Code: EMAT231


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Know the Basic concepts of First order differential equations.

• Solve First Order Differential Equations.


• Apply First order differential equations to physical and engineering problems..
• Solve Higher Order Linear Differential Equations.

• Solve Systems of Differential Equations.

• Obtain Series Solutions of Differential Equations.

• Study Fourier Series of different periods.


• Identify and classify partial differential equations.
• Use Fourier method to solve Heat equation.

• Use D'Alembert's solution to solve the wave equation.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define the Basic concepts of First Order Differential Equations.

a 2- Define the techniques used in solving First Order Differential Equations.

a 3- Define Homogeneous and Non-homogeneous Higher Order Differential Equations.

a 4- Define Systems of Differential Equations.

a 5- Define the Series Solutions of Differential Equations.

a 6- Define Fourier Series of different periods.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Solve First Order Differential Equations.

b 2- Solve Higher Order Linear Differential Equations.

b 3- Find Series Solutions of Differential Equations.

b 4- Estimate the Series Solutions of Differential Equations..

b 5- Calculate Fourier coefficients for problems of different periods.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Apply Differential equations to solve practical engineering problems.

c2- Fix the knowledge of partial differential equations to solve engineering problems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 First Order Differential Equations. 3* 2 2* 2 10

2 Linear differential equations with constant coefficients. 3* 2 2* 2 10

3 Higher Order Linear Differential Equations. 3* 2 2* 2 10

4 Systems of Differential Equations. 3* 2 2* 2 10

5 Series Solutions of Differential Equations 3* 1 2* 1 5

6 Fourier Series 3* 3 2* 3 15

7 Partial differential equations 3* 3 2* 3 15

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 5 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
Kreyszig E., " Advanced Engineering Mathematics ", 9th Edition, 2006, John Wiley & Sons,
ISBN-13: 978-0-471-72897-9 ISBN10: 0-471-72897-7.

Recommended books
---------------

b. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc


- ---- ---- ----

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

      
First Order Differential Equations.

Linear differential equations with       


constant coefficients.

Higher Order Linear Differential       


Equations.

Systems of Differential Equations.       

Series Solutions of Differential Equations      

Fourier Series        

Partial differential equations      

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials        

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 5       
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1       
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2       
Final Term Exam        

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Complex, Special Functions & Fourier Analysis – EMAT 232 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Communication Systems Engineering
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 2
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Complex, Special Functions & Fourier Analysis Code: EMAT232


Credit Hours: 4 Lecture: 4
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Know the basic principles of higher mathematics and be able to apply them to concrete
problems, e.g. calculating areas, volumes and arc length, solving improper integrals in terms of
the Gamma and Beta functions.

• Know how to solve special kinds and forms of differential equations in terms of Bessel
functions and Legendre polynomials.

• Be provided with a solid foundation in functions of complex variables. It covers:


Differentiability, Analyticity, Harmonic functions, conformal mapping, Complex integrals,
Complex series, Residue theorem and evaluating real and improper integrals using complex
integration.

• Be awarded with the most familiar mathematical rules, techniques, and formulas and like. He
must be able to combine the pre-studied elementary notations of classical mathematics with the
more powerful concept of an integrand process needed in the modern development of science
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Makram Roshdy Eskaros

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
and engineering which require dealing with and applying still more complicated laws to solve
some complicated problems and perform extensive calculations.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
a1) Define and use the Gamma and Beta functions and their properties in solving integrals that arises in
many of engineering applications.
a2) Use the technique of series solution of linear differential equations in solving Bessel and Legendre
differential equations and discuss the properties of Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials.
a3) Define the functions of the complex variable as a transformation between two planes hence, discuss
the continuity, differentiability, analyticity of these functions.
a4) Define and solve complex integrals as line integrals and by Cauchy integral theorems.
a5) Define complex series, residues, Cauchy residue theorem and how to use it to evaluate real and
improper integrals.

b. Intellectual skills
b1) Formulate mathematical and engineering problems.
b2) Use suitable substitutions to solve many differential equations in terms of Bessel functions and
Legendre polynomials.

b3) Apply the technique of solving complex integrals on many of complicated engineering problems.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1) Develop skills to solving different types of linear differential equations in terms of the studied special
functions.
c2) Develop skills to applying the basic concepts of complex integration on solving many of real and
improper integrals which results from technical engineering applications.
c3) Develop skills to applying functions of complex variables in transforming regions in the complex
plane.

d. General and transferable skills


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Makram Roshdy Eskaros

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
d1) Work and deal with the advanced engineering mathematics.
d2) Develop skills related to creative thinking, problem solving, oral and written communication, and
teamwork.
d3) Use and find information independently through reading some other text books with related course
topics. Develop realistic solutions for work problems through analysis the given data.

3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Special Functions ( the Gamma and Beta function) 6 3 9

2 Series Solutions for Ordinary Differential Equations. 10 5 15


Bessel Differential Equation and Bessel Functions and
3 8 4 12
their properties.
Legendre Differential Equation and Legendre
4 8 4 12
polynomials and their properties.
Functions of the Complex Variable (Limits, Continuity
5 6 3 9
and Differentiability).
6 Harmonic, Analytic and Entire Functions. 6 3 9

7 Complex Mapping, Integrals and Series. 8 4 12

8 Residues and Real Integrals. 8 4 12

Total 60 30 90

Course Coordinator: Dr. Makram Roshdy Eskaros

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Each two
Assignments Assignments 1 – 8 20
weeks

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 10 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 12 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
"Advanced Engineering Mathematics", Erwin Kreyszig 9th edition. Wiley Int. Edition.

b. Recommended books
Schaum’s outline series in Complex Variables, and in Special Functions.

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Dr. Makram Roshdy Eskaros

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Special Functions ( the Gamma and    


Beta function)
Series Solutions for Ordinary      
Differential Equations.
Bessel Differential Equation and Bessel      
Functions and their properties.
Legendre Differential Equation and
Legendre polynomials and their     
properties.
Functions of the Complex Variable  
(Limits, Continuity and Derivatives).
Harmonic, Analytic and Entire  
Functions.
Complex Mapping, Integrals and Series.
     

Residues and Real Integrals.


    

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Lectures
         

Tutorials           

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Assignment 1 – 8         

Course Coordinator: Dr. Makram Roshdy Eskaros

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Quiz 1      

Mid Term 1       

Quiz 2   

Mid Term 2       

Final Term Exam            

Course Coordinator: Dr. Makram Roshdy Eskaros

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Computer Programming – COMM 240 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 2nd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Computer Programming Code: COMM 240
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
By the end of this course, the student will be:

• Able to solve engineering problems


• Familiar with the concept of Data structure
• Able to design algorithms to handle different data structures
• Able to program with C++ language

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Understand programming concepts and different data structures.
a2- Understand clearly the logical design of computer programs

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1 - define the engineering problems
b2 - derive different solution alternatives for the engineering problems
b3 - analyze the solution alternatives and choose the optimum one

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/01/2013
c. Professional and practical skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1 - Ability to use computer aided design tools
c2 - Management of computer systems resources
c3 - Using and coding for computer application in different domains

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Share ideas and work in a team

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction to computer algorithms and flow charts
in addition to computer programs complexity
1 6 4
evaluation.

Basic Structure of C++ program


Variables
- Assignment statements
2 - input output statements 6 4
- Operator, precedence
- Comments

The for loop


The while loop
3 - the do while loop 6 4
- Ending a loop

The if statement
- The if-else statement
- the else-if construct
4 6 4
- the switch statement
- the conditional operator

Top-Down design
- Simple functions
- functions that return a value
5 6 4
- Passing data to a function
- External and static variables
- function prototype

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/01/2013
- preprocessor directives

Arrays definition
- Programming with Arrays
6 - Multidimensional Arrays 9 6
- Strings

Pointer Overview
- Returning data from functions
7 - Pointers and arrays 4 4
- Pointers and strings

8 Structures and Classes 2

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exams to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/01/2013
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/01/2013
6- List of references

• Robert Lafore, C Programming Using Turbo C++, 2nd edition, SAMS publishing 1993.
• J. R. Hanly and E. B. Koffman, C Program Design for Engineers, Addison Wesley, 2001

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with C++ compilers installed.

Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1

1
. . . . . .
2
. . . . . .
3
. . . . . .
4
. . . . . .
5
. . . . . . . .
6
. . . . . . . .
7
. . . . . . .
8
. . . . . . .
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/01/2013
Learning Method /ILO Matrix
Learning
Method
a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1

Lectures
. . . . . .
Assignments . . . . . .
Design
Project . . .
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1

Attendance and
Participation . . . . . .
Assignments . . . . . . . . .
Quizzes . . . . . .
Mid-Term
Examination . . . . . .
Final Exam . . . . . .
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/01/2013
Course specifications of
Statistics and Probability for Engineering – EMAT 240 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 2, Spring semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Statistics and Probability for Engineering Code: EMAT240


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Learn and use basic concepts, definitions and terminologies of probability and statistics.
• Know descriptive and inferential statistics. .

• Demonstrate the difference between types of variables and data.


• Collect and present data.
• Identify sampling techniques.
• Understand sample spaces and probability.
• Apply the addition rules for probability, multiplication rules, conditional probability and Bays theorem.
• Construct Frequency distributions and graphs: Organizing data, frequency and histograms.
• Use Discrete probability distribution: binomial, poisson, and hyper geometric distributions.
• Use Continuous probability distributions: Normal distribution and standard Normal distribution.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/12/2012
2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define Basic concepts of Probability.

a 2- Define descriptive and inferential statistics.

a 3- Define the difference between types of variables and data.

a 4- Define data: Measures of central tendency.

a 5- Define Discrete probability distribution: Binomial and Poisson.

a 6- Define Continuous probability distributions: Normal and standard Normal distribution.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Study descriptive and inferential statistics.

b 2- Demonstrate the difference between types of variables and data.

b 3- Collect and present data.

b 4- Identify sampling techniques.

b 5- Construct Frequency distributions and graphs.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Apply the addition rules for probability to solve some engineering practical problems.

c2- Fix the knowledge of Statistics to solve engineering problems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/12/2012
3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Course overview; Basic Concepts of Probability. 3* 2 2* 2 10

2 Sampling techniques. 3* 2 2*2 10

3 Sample spaces and probability. 3* 2 2* 2 10

Rules of Probability: Conditional Probability and


4 3* 2 2* 2 10
Bay’s Theorem.

5 Measures of central tendency. 3* 3 2* 3 15

6 Discrete probability distributions. 3* 2 2* 2 10

7 Continuous probability distributions. 3* 2 2* 2 10

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/12/2012
4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 6 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
Ross M.., " Introduction to Probability and statistics for Engineers and Scientists ", Third Edition, 2004,
Elsevier Academic

Recommended books
- Soong T., " Fundamentals of Probability and Statistics for Engineers ", 2004, John Wiley & Sons.
- Montgomery, Douglas C., Runger, George C. "Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineering",
Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2003.

b. Periodicals, Web sites, … etc


Periodicals, Web Sites, www.A.S.Q.org

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/12/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Course overview; Basic Concepts


      
of Probability.

Sampling techniques.       

Sample spaces and probability.       

Rules of Probability: Conditional


      
Probability and Bay’s Theorem.

Measures of central tendency.      

Discrete probability distributions.        

Continuous probability
     
distributions.

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials        

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 14       
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1       
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2       
Final Term Exam        

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. Abdel Wahab Elghandor

Date: 25/12/2012
Course specifications of
Modern Physics and Quantum Mechanics – EPHS 240 – Fall 2011

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Communication Systems Engineering
Department offering the course: Physics & Engineering Mathematics
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Modern Physics and Quantum Mechanics Code: EPHS 240
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Teach the students the principles of quantum mechanics and how they can correctly
model many scientific phenomena.
• Give the students the background of matter-wave duality and different modern
physics aspects not covered in classical physics.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the difference between classical physics and modern physics.
a2- Explain the uncertainty principle and the dual nature of waves and particles
a3- List different modern attempts to model the atom.
a4- Explain Schrodinger’s equation and its application in quantum physics
a5-Outline properties of semiconductor materials.
b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze physical problems using modern physics theorems.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Salah Gamal

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Evaluate energy bands and atomic models.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe natural phenomena using modern physics principles.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Refer to relevant literature.
d3- Formulate ………………….

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Review of Classical Physics and
1 3 2 0 5
Introduction to Modern Physics
Photoelectric Effect and Max Planck’s
2 6 4 0 10
Proposition
X-Ray Diffraction and Compton’s
3 6 4 0 10
Effect
4 Bohr’s Atomic Model 6 4 0 10

5 Uncertainty Principle 9 6 0 15

6 Schrodinger’s Equation 9 6 0 15
7 Semiconductor Materials 6 4 0 15

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Salah Gamal

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design project to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Term Project Week 14
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Project 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- D. Halliday, R. Resnick, and J. Walter, "Fundamentals of Physics", Wiley, 2001.


6.2- F. Sears and M. Zemansky, "University Physics", Wiley, 1985.
6.3- R. Serway, "Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics", 8th Edition,
Brooks, 2004

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Salah Gamal

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 d1 d2
Review of Classical Physics and Introduction
X X X
to Modern Physics
Photoelectric Effect and Max Planck’s
X X X X X
Proposition
X-Ray Diffraction and Compton’s Effect X X X X X
Bohr’s Atomic Model X X X X X
Uncertainty Principle X X X X X
Schrodinger’s Equation X X X X X
Semiconductor Materials X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X X
Assignments X X X X X
Design
X X X
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Salah Gamal

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X X
Participation

Assignments
X X X X X
and Project

Quizzes X X

Mid-Term
X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Salah Gamal

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Electrostatics and Magnetostatics – COMM 241 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electrical Power & Machines
Academic year / Level: 2nd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Electrostatics and Magnetostatics Code: COMM 241
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Demonstrate the theoretical, numerical, and approximate techniques to solve the


electrostatic and electromagnetic field problems for both steady state and time
varying conditions.
• Give the students a thorough background about electromagnetic waves, their
equations, and their propagation in different media.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List different types of electromagnetic waves.
a2- Explain the theoretical techniques to solve the electrostatic and electromagnetic
field problems.
a3- Formulate the electromagnetic waves equations for different types of charge and
current.
a4- Describe the electromagnetic waves propagation in different media.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hanafy Mahmoud

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze different electrostatic and electromagnetic field problem.
b2- Solve the wave and Maxwell’s equations for different boundary conditions.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe practical aspects of electromagnetic waves.
c2- Design a specific electrostatic and electromagnetic field environment.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Refer to relevant literatures.
.
3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction 3 2 0 5
Coulomb’s Law and Electric Field
2 3 2 0 5
Intensity
Field of Point Charge, Line Charge,
3 Surface Charge, and Continuous 3 2 0 5
Volume Charge
4 Electric Flux, Gauss’s Law, Divergence 3 2 0 5

5 Electric Energy and Potential 3 2 0 5


Electric Conductors, Principle of
6 6 4 0 10
Images, and Electrical Capacitance
Dielectric Materials, Dipoles, Dielectric
7 6 4 0 10
Permittivity
Poisson’s Equation and Laplace’s
8 3 2 0 5
Equation
Steady Magnetic Fields and Ampere’s
9 3 2 0 5
Law
Magnetic Forces, Magnetic Materials,
10 6 4 0 10
Magnetic Circuits, and Inductance
Time-Varying Fields and Maxwell’s
11 3 2 0 5
Equations
Wave Equations and Propagation in
12 3 2 0 5
free space

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hanafy Mahmoud

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- W. Hayt and J. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
6.2- J. Kraus and D. Fleisch, "Electromagnetics With Applications", 5th Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2005.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hanafy Mahmoud

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction X
Coulomb’s Law and Electric Field Intensity X X X X X X
Field of Point Charge, Line Charge, Surface
X X X X X X
Charge, and Continuous Volume Charge
Electric Flux, Gauss’s Law, Divergence X X X X X X
Electric Energy and Potential X X X X X X
Electric Conductors, Principle of Images, and
X X X X X X
Electrical Capacitance
Dielectric Materials, Dipoles, Dielectric
X X X X X X
Permittivity
Poisson’s Equation and Laplace’s Equation X X X X X X X
Steady Magnetic Fields and Ampere’s Law X X X X X X X
Magnetic Forces, Magnetic Materials, Magnetic
X X X X X X X
Circuits, and Inductance
Time-Varying Fields and Maxwell’s Equations X X X X X X
Wave Equations and Propagation in free space X X X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hanafy Mahmoud

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hanafy Mahmoud

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Electrical Circuits – COMM 242 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electrical Power & Machines
Academic year / Level: 2nd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Electrical Circuits Code: COMM 242
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

This course aims to:


• Enrich the student knowledge about dc and ac circuits' theories.
• Develop the student ability to analyze and solve dc and ac circuits.
• Train the student to solve circuit problems using computer facilities.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Recognize the voltage-current characteristics of different circuit elements (passive
and active).
a2- Define the different theories that can be applied to electric circuits.
a3- Define the different types of energy storage elements.
a4- Recognize the differences between ac and dc circuits.
a5- Identify the meaning of active, reactive, and apparent power.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Construct circuits in complex domain starting from the time domain.
b2- Apply the different theories to solve electrical circuits.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud AbdelHamid

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b3- Illustrate the differences between active, reactive, and apparent power.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Reduce electrical circuits into simple circuits using circuit reduction techniques
and network theorems .
c2- Select the appropriate analysis technique to solve electrical circuits with direct
and time varying sources in the steady state.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Present technical reports about basics of electrical circuits and different solving
techniques

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Basic Concepts 2 2 2 6

2 Basic Circuit Laws 3 3 3 9

3 Circuit Analysis Techniques 6 6 6 18

4 Electrical Circuits Theorems 4 4 4 12

5 Inductors and Capacitors 5 5 5 15

AC Sinusoidal sources and 3 3 3 9


6
Phasors
Analysis of Sinusoidal Steady State 5 4 4 13
7
Circuits
8 AC power Analysis 2 3 3 8

Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud AbdelHamid

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.1 - Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – Technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Weeks 3, 5 and 9


Report Week 10
Quizzes Weeks 5 and 9
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Report 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- J. Irwin and R. Nelms, “Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis”, 10th Edition, Wiley, 2011.
6.2- J. Nilsson, “Electric Circuits”, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
6.3- W. Hayet, J. Kemmerly, and S. Durbin, “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, 7th Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2007.
6.4- C. Alexander and M. Sadiku, “Fundamentals of Electrical Circuits”, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2009.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud AbdelHamid

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1
Basic Concepts X
Basic Circuit Laws X X X
Circuit Analysis
X X X X X
Techniques
Electrical Circuits
X X X X X
Theorems
Inductors and Capacitors X X X X X
AC Sinusoidal sources
X X X X
and Phasors
Analysis of Sinusoidal X X X
Steady State Circuits
AC Power Analysis X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1
Lectures X X X X X X X X
Tutorials X X X X X X
Self Learning X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud AbdelHamid

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1

Attendance and Participation X X X X X X X X

Assignments X X X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X X X X

Technical Report X X X

Mid-Term Examination X X X X X X X

Final Exam X X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud AbdelHamid

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Signals and Systems – COMM 350 – Fall 2011

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Signals and Systems Code: COMM 350
Credit Hours: 4 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 7

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Help the students understand the basic concepts of signals


• Teach he students how to deal with systems

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the different types of signals
a2- Explain the meaning of time domain and frequency domain representations
a3- Describe the different types of Fourier representation
a4- Outline the difference between system types
a5- Recognize the effect of the systems on signals

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze the different types of signals
b2- Design a system to perform certain operation on the input signals
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b3- Evaluate Fourier representation of time domain signals

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe the computer analysis of signals
c2- Design a system to perform certain operation on the input signals

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team
d2- Propose solution to system effect on signals

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Continuous time and discrete،time 10 4 4 18
1
signals
7 4 4 15
2 Basic system properties
4 2 2 8
3 Linear time،invariant systems
2 2 4 8
4 The convolution
10 10 10 30
5 Fourier representation
6 4 4 14
6 The Inverse Z،transform
6 4 2 12
7 System function algebra

Total Hours 45 30 30 105

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.2 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Analog Integrated Circuit Design, David Johns and Ken Martin, Jon Wiley & sons,
1997
6.2 Analog Design Essentials, Willy Sansen, Springer, 2006

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Continuous
time and
x x x x
discrete،time
signals
Basic system
x x
properties
Linear
time،invariant x x
systems
The
x x x x x x x
convolution
Fourier
x x x x x x x x x x
representation
The Inverse
x x x x x x x
Z،transform
System
function x x x x x x x
algebra

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures x x x x x x x x x x x
Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and x x x x x x x x x x x x
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x x x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Numerical Techniques – EMAT 350 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department Teaching the course: Physics and Engineering Mathematics
Academic year/ Level: level 2, Spring semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Numerical Techniques Code: EMAT350


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Use of numerical methods in engineering applications.


• Determine the roots of equations manually and by using MS-Excel with error analysis.
• Solve systems of linear algebraic equations manually and by using MS-Excel.
• Solve some engineering problems using MATLAB.
• Fit curves to given data points and choose the best curve to represent these data.
• Know different methods for numerical integration and differentiation of functions.
• Use numerical techniques for solving ordinary differential equations.
• Solve partial differential equations numerically by using finite difference method.
• Formulate models of engineering systems and discuss the methods of finding optimal solution of such
models graphically and by using MS-Excel.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define principles of numerical analysis and different types of errors.

a 2- Define the methods used to obtain roots of nonlinear equations.

a 3- Define the best estimate curve to represent data.

a 4- Define different numerical integration methods.

a 5- Define numerical techniques for solving ordinary differential equations.

a 6- Define finite difference method for solving partial differential equations.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Formulate models of engineering systems.

b 2- Determine the roots of equations and calculate different types of errors.

b 3- Solve linear system of equation using Gauss Elimination, matrix inverse and LU
Decomposition techniques.

b 4- Estimate best estimate curve to represent data.

b 5- Solve partial differential Equations numerically by using finite difference method.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Use MS-Excel to find roots of nonlinear equations.

c2- Solve some engineering problems using MATLAB.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the skills which are related to creative thinking, problem solver, and teamwork in
different fields.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Course Overview, Roots of Equations 3* 3 2* 3 15

2 Solution of simultaneous algebraic equations 3* 3 2*2 10

3 Least Squares regression and interpolation 3* 2 2* 2 10

4 Numerical integration and differentiation 3* 3 2* 3 15

5 Ordinary differential equations 3* 2 2* 2 10

6 Partial differential equations 3* 2 2* 2 10

7 General Review 3* 1 2* 1 5

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 6 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
Ghapra S. and Canale R., “Numerical Methods for Engineering,” Fifth Edition, 2006.

Recommended books
Kreyszig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics,” 9th Edition, 2006, John Wiley & Sons.

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Computers for students in tutorials

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Course Overview, Roots of Equations


      

Solution of simultaneous algebraic


      
equations

Least Squares regression and


      
interpolation

Numerical integration and


      
differentiation

Ordinary differential equations      

Partial differential equations        

General Review      

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials         

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 14       
Quiz 1        
Mid Term 1       
Quiz 2        
Mid Term 2       
Final Term Exam        

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Niveen Badra

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Electronic Materials – COMM 351 – Fall 2011

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Electronic Materials Code: COMM 351
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Introduce the students to the basic principles of solid state electronic materials.
• Build the students ability to formulate and analyze an engineering problem.
• Promote the students skill in comparing different alternatives.
• Improve the student skills with respect to practical considerations and technology
limitations.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the different properties of semiconductor materials.
a2- Explain the concept of energy bands in semiconductors.
a3- Describe the operation of PN junctions and BJTs.
a4- List the different mechanisms of conduction in semiconductors.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze semiconductor circuit problems.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Design a pn junction and BJT circuit.
b3- Evaluate the characteristics of a semiconductor device

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Design a real circuit with semiconductor devices.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Refer to relevant literatures.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Crystals and Bonding 6 4 0 10


2 Electronic conduction in metals 6 4 0 10
3 Energy Bands in solids 6 4 0 10

4 Semiconductors 9 6 0 15

5 P-N diodes 9 6 0 15

6 Bipolar Junction Transistors 9 6 0 15

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Lectures
4.2 – Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Homework assignments to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in
real case problems.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

a. J. Gupta, "Electrical Engineering materials & semiconductor devices", Kataria, 2010.


b. R. Boylested and L. Nasbelsky, "Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory", 11th Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2012.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1 d2
Crystals, Bonding X X X
Electronic conduction in metals X X X X
Energy Bands in solids X X X X
Semiconductors X X X X X X X
P-N diodes X X X X X
Bipolar Junction Transistors X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Electromagnetic Fields – COMM 352 – Fall 2011

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Electromagnetic Fields Code: COMM 352
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Introduce the basic concepts of electromagnetic waves.


• Familiarize students with the behavior of electromagnetic waves in the presence of
material media and their interfaces.
• Teach students to analyze and design transmission line systems, analytically and
graphically.
• Teach students to analyze and design simple antenna systems.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List basic concepts of electromagnetic waves.
a2- Explain the behavior of electromagnetic waves in the presence of material media
and their interfaces.
a3- Explain field and circuit analysis of transmission lines.
a4- Outline the principles of antenna systems.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze transmission line systems, analytically and graphically.
b2- Analyze simple antenna systems.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Design transmission line systems.
c2- Design simple antenna systems.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Refer to relevant literature.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Time-varying fields. Maxwell's equations
1 3 2 0 5
and boundary conditions
2 Plane electromagnetic waves 3 2 0 5
Propagation of electromagnetic waves in
3 6 4 0 10
matter
4 Power and energy relations 3 2 0 5

5 Reflection and refraction 3 2 0 5

6 Phase and group wave velocities 3 2 0 5


Field analysis of transmission lines:
7 6 4 0 10
Coaxial transmission line
Transverse Electro-Magnetic Waves and
8 3 2 0 5
Power flow on TL
9 Circuit analysis of transmission lines 3 2 0 5
Graphical solution of transmission lines
10 3 2 0 5
(Smith chart)
11 Impedance matching using Smith chart 3 2 0 5
12 Fundamentals and definitions of antennas 3 2 0 5
13 Infinitesimal and small dipole antenna 3 2 0 5
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- W. Hayt and J. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
6.2- J. Kraus and D. Fleisch, "Electromagnetics With Applications", 5th Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2005.
6.3- D. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2011.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Time-varying fields. Maxwell's equations and
X X X
boundary conditions
Plane electromagnetic waves X X X
Propagation of electromagnetic waves in matter X X X
Power and energy relations X X X
Reflection and refraction X X X
Phase and group wave velocities X X X
Field analysis of transmission lines: Coaxial
X X X X X
transmission line
Transverse Electro-Magnetic Waves and Power flow
X X X X X
on TL
Circuit analysis of transmission lines X X X X X
Graphical solution of transmission lines (Smith chart) X X X X X
Impedance matching using Smith chart X X X X X
Fundamentals and definitions of antennas X X X X X
Infinitesimal and small dipole antenna X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Logic Design – COMM 353 – Fall 2011

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Logic Design Code: COMM 353
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Build the student background in issues related to logic design.


• Help students develop a thorough understanding of different number systems, logic
operators, and design.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the different numbering systems and their characteristics
a2- Explain logic functions and their implementation.
a3- Describe arithmetic operations in different numbering systems.
a4- Explain the operation of sequential circuits and memories.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze Boolean algebra problems.
b2- Design Karnaugh maps.
b3- Analyze sequential circuits and memories.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
c. Professional and practical skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Design a logic circuit from a given Boolean expression.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Formulate logic expressions for real-life situations.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

Number Systems, Conversion, and


1 6 4 0 10
Coding
Switching functions, Analysis,
2 9 6 0 15
Design, and Implementation
Combinational Logic Functions:
3 Adders, Decoders, Coders, 9 6 0 15
Multiplexer, DeMUX, etc.
4 Flip-Flops and Related Devices 6 4 0 10
Sequential Circuits: Counters and
5 9 6 0 15
Shift Registers
6 Memories & Programmable Logic 6 4 0 10

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Assignments to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real design
case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- T. Floyd, "Digital Fundamentals", 10th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.


6.2- M. Mano and M. Ciletti, "Digital Design", 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
6.3- T. Bartee, “Digital Computers Fundamentals”, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill, 1991.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1 d2
Number Systems, Conversion, and Coding X X X
Switching functions, Analysis, Design, and X X X X X X
Implementation
Combinational Logic Functions X X X X X X X
Flip-Flops and Related Devices X X X
Sequential Circuits X X X X
Memories & Programmable Logic X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Solid State Electronic Devices – COMM 360 – Spring 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Solid State Electronic Devices Code: COMM 360
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Provide students with foundational background, theories and mechanism of operation


of principle semiconductor devices with emphasis on physical concepts.
• Develop the student skills in modeling and characterization of semiconductor
devices.
• Provide students with good understanding of the link between device physics and
circuit design by introducing to them design parameters, performance parameters,
CAD models, and device scaling theory, etc.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the mechanisms of operation of principle semiconductor devices.
a2- Explain physical phenomena and implications of downscaling of semiconductor
devices.
a3- Describe compact models for circuit simulations.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Develop analytical models for semiconductor devices.
b2- Simulate circuits using compact device models.
b3- Plan material and process characterization using semiconductor devices.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Acquire hand on of the practical circuit simulation using compact device models
c2- Write professional technical reports.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Refer to relevant literature

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction to Semiconductor Devices 3 2 0 5


2 Review of Semiconductor Fundamentals 6 4 0 10
3 Metal Semiconductor Contacts 6 4 0 10

4 BJTs 12 8 0 20

5 JFETs and MESFETs 6 4 0 10

6 MOSFETs 12 8 0 20

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design projects to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- R. Boylestad and L. Nashelky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 11th Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2012.
6.2- E. Yang, "Microelectronics Devices ", McGraw Hill, 1988.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction to Semiconductor Devices X
Review of Semiconductor Fundamentals X X X
Metal Semiconductor Contacts X X X X X X X
BJTs X X X X X X X
JFETs and MESFETs X X X X X X
MOSFETs X X X X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X
Assignments X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X

Mid-Term
X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Thermodynamics – ENGR 360 – Fall 2011

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department Teaching the course: Mechanical Power Engineering
Academic year/ Level: level 2, Fall semester
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information

Title: Thermodynamics Code: ENGR 360


Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information

1- Overall aims of course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Introduce the concept and definition of different thermodynamic properties

• Build the student ability and analysis thermodynamic systems.

• Determine the values of different properties of ideal gases and pure substances and using thermodynamic
tables.

• Apply the first law gas mixtures properties and combustion cesses

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nashwa Abbas

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and understanding
a1- Define Basic concepts and definitions of Thermodynamics.

a 2- Define Ideal gases.

a 3- Define Pure substances and phase equilibrium.

a 4- Define the First Law of thermodynamics.

a 5- Know Gas Mixtures.

a 6- Define Combustion process.

b. Intellectual skills
b1- Study System and control volume.

b 2- Define heat transfer.

b 3- Determine Ideal gases, State equation, Specific heat at constant pressure and volume.

b 4- Use First Law of thermodynamics in closed and open systems.

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Apply First Law of thermodynamics in Gas mixtures and Combustion processes.

c2- Analyze thermodynamic systems.

d. General and transferable skills


d1- Work effectively in a team.
d2- Develop the student ability and analysis thermodynamic systems.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nashwa Abbas

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
3- Contents

Lecture
No Course Content Tutorial Total
(hours)

1 Basic concepts and definitions 3* 2 2* 2 10

2 Ideal gases 3* 2 2* 2 10

3 Pure substances and phase equilibrium 3* 3 2* 3 15

4 First Law of thermodynamics 3* 2 2* 2 10

5 Reciprocating compressors 3* 2 2* 2 10

6 Gas Mixtures. 3* 2 2* 2 10

7 Combustion process 3* 2 2* 2 10

Total 45 30 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nashwa Abbas

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4- Assessment schedule

Assessment method No Description Week No Weight (%)

Assignments Assignment 1 – 5 3-14 20

Quiz Quiz 1 6 5

Written Exam Mid Term 1 8 15

Quiz Quiz 2 11 5

Written Exam Mid Term 2 13 15

Written Exam Final Term Exam 16 40

Total 100 %

5- List of references
a. Essential books (text books)
Thermodynamics an, Engineering approach, Yunus A. cengel, M.A. Boles.

Recommended books
Fundamentals of classic thermodynamics, Van Wylen Sommtag

6- Facilities required for teaching and learning

• Blackboard in lectures

• Data-Shows in some lectures

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nashwa Abbas

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Basic concepts and definitions       

Ideal gases      

Pure substances and phase       


equilibrium

First Law of thermodynamics      

Reciprocating compressors      

Gas Mixtures.        

Combustion process     

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lectures       
Tutorials       

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Assignment 1 – 5       
Quiz 1       
Mid Term 1        
Quiz 2       
Mid Term 2        
Final Term Exam       

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nashwa Abbas

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Electronic Circuits – COMM 361 – Spring 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Electronic Circuits Code: COMM 361
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Build the student background in issues related to microelectronic circuits.
• Help students develop a thorough understanding of the analysis and design of
different microelectronics circuits.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the different BJT and MOS amplifier topologies.
a2- Explain the physics of different semiconductor devices.
a3- Describe the characteristics of diode circuits.
a4- Explain the operation of opamp circuits.
a5- Explain the frequency response of different amplifier circuits.
a6- Describe the characteristics of BJT and MOS amplifier circuits.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze diode circuits, BJT and MOS amplifiers.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Design diode circuits, BJT and MOS amplifiers.
b3- Evaluate the performance of semiconductor circuits using computer simulators.
b4- Design opamp circuits.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Design different amplifier circuits meeting certain specifications.
c2- Create simulation testbenches for semiconductor circuits.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Demonstrate good simulation skills.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction 3 2 0 5
2 Physics of Semiconductors 3 2 0 5
3 Diode Models and Circuits 6 4 0 10
Bipolar Transistors Physics and
4 9 6 0 15
Amplifiers
MOS Transistors Physics and
5 9 6 0 15
Amplifiers
6 Amplifier Frequency Response 6 4 0 10
7 OPAMP Ciruits 9 6 0 15
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Assignments to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real design
case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- B. Razavi, “Fundamental of Microelectronics”, Wiley, 2008.


6.2- A. Sedra and K. Smith, “Microelectronic Circuits”, 6th Edition, Oxford University Press,
2009.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction X
Physics of
X X
Semiconductors
Diode Models
X X X X X X X X X
and Circuits
Bipolar
Transistors
X X X X X X X X X X
Physics and
Amplifiers
MOS
Transistors
X X X X X X X X X X
Physics and
Amplifiers
Amplifier
Frequency X X X X X X
Response
OPAMP Ciruits X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Waves and Transmission Lines – COMM 362 – Spring 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Waves and Transmission Lines Code: COMM 362
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Get the students familiar with the transmission lines used in the microwave and
optical ranges of frequencies.
• Introduce the students to basic applications of these transmission lines in some
microwave passive components.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Analyze different waveguides.
a2- Describe wave propagation in optical fibers.
a3- Explain scattering parameters of microwave circuits.
a4- List microwave passive devices and their characteristics.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Select the appropriate waveguides.
b2- Develop an equivalent circuit of microwave networks.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b3- Analyze microwave passive devices.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Develop microwave circuits measurement skills.
c2- Build microwave circuits.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team efficiently.
d2- Test microwave circuits.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Generalized Maxwell's equations and
1 2 2 2 6
parallel plate waveguide
Closed waveguides (rectangular and
2 4 4 4 12
circular)
3 Microstrip transmission line 4 4 4 12
Symmetric and asymmetric dielectric
4 slab planar waveguide and step-index 4 4 4 12
optical fiber
Equivalent circuit of waveguide. N- port
5 4 4 4 12
circuit description
Scattering parameters of waveguides and
6 4 4 4 12
waveguide coupling by aperture
7 Resonators 4 4 4 12
Passive devices: Terminations,
8 attenuators, directional couplers, hybrid 4 4 4 12
junctions, and nonreciprocal devices.
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Lectures
4.2 – Assignments
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.3 – Lab reports and interactions

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.
5.3– Lab reports to assess understanding of the practical aspects of measuring microwave
circuits.

Assessment schedule

Assignments and Lab Reports Weekly


Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Lab Reports 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- W. Hayt and J. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
6.2- D. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2011.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Microwave Laboratory.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Generalized Maxwell's equations and parallel
X X X X X X
plate waveguide
Closed waveguides (rectangular and circular) X X X X X X
Microstrip transmission line X X X X X X
Symmetric and asymmetric dielectric slab
X X X X X X X
planar waveguide and step-index optical fiber
Equivalent circuit of waveguide. N- port circuit
X X X X X X
description
Scattering parameters of waveguides and
X X X X X X
waveguide coupling by aperture
Resonators X X X X X X
Passive devices: Terminations, attenuators,
directional couplers, hybrid junctions, and X X X X X X
nonreciprocal devices.

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X X
Lab Reports
and X X X X
Interaction

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X
Participation

Assignments
and Lab X X X X X X X
Reports

Quizzes X X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Esmat AbdelFattah

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Computer Architecture – COMM 363 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Computer Architecture Code: COMM 363
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
By the end of this course, the student will be able to:

• Understand the fundamental principles of computer architecture using a breadth


approach.
• Evaluate quantitatively the performance of any computer system.
• Learn the architectural techniques used to design and build modern high-performance
microprocessors and microcomputers.
• Study issues involved in the design of the memory system, especially caches.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Understand the fundamental principles of computer architecture using a breadth
approach
a2- Comprehend the concepts of instruction set architecture and related design
principles
a3- Understand issues involved in the design of the memory system, especially
caches

b. Intellectual skills
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1 - Evaluate quantitatively the performance of any computer system
b2 - Design a basic computer
b3 - Compare the different architectural styles

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1 - Implement the basic computer designed in b2
c2 - Use SpecInt and SpecFP to evaluate the performance of computer systems

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Share ideas and work in a team

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Basic Computer Architecture and Microprocessors :
Von Neumann architecture.

Review of Digital circuit and Digital Components:


1 Logic Gates. Boolean Function and Simplifications.
6 4
Combinational Circuit and Sequential circuit. Decoders
and Multiplexers. Registers and Counters.

Data Representation: Number Systems.


Complements. Fixed-point representation (Addition,
2 6 4
subtraction, overflow). Floating-point representation.

Register Transfer and Micro-operations. Register


Transfer. Bus and Memory Transfers. Arithmetic
3 Micro-operations. Logic Micro-operations. Shift Micro- 6 4
operations. Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit.

Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction.


Codes. Computer

Instructions. Timing and Control. Instruction Cycle.


4 6 4
Instruction Types :Memory-Reference Instructions,
Register-Reference

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Instructions, Input/Output Instructions.

Program Interrupt.

Micro programmed Control Unit: Control Memory.


Address Sequencing.
5 Micro-instruction Format. Mapping of Instruction.
6 4
Micro-program

Central Processing Unit: General Register


Organization. Stack Organization.
6 9 6
Instruction Format. Addressing Modes.

Input-Output Organization: I/O Bus and interface


modules. I/O versus
7 Memory Bus. Priority Interrupt. Direct Memory Access
6 4
(DMA).

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

• Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware/Software Interface, David A. Patterson


and John L. Hennessy, Morgan Kaufmanns, 1998 2nd edition.
• The Architecture of Computer Hardware and System Software, Irv Englander, John Wiley
and Sons, 2000, 2nd edition.
• Fundamentals Of Computer Organization And Architecture. Mostafa Abd-El-Barr, Hesham
El-Rewini. John Wiley and Sons, 2005, 2nd edition.
• Computer System Architecture, M. Morris Mano. Prentice Hall, International edition, 1998,
3rd edition.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1

1
. . . . . .
2
. . . . . .
3
. . . . . .
4
. . . . . .
5
. . . . . . . .
6
. . . . . . . .
7
. . . . . . .
Learning Method /ILO Matrix
Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1

Lectures
. . . . . .
Assignments . . . . . .
Design
Project . . .
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1

Attendance and
Participation . . . . . .
Assignments . . . . . . . . .
Quizzes . . . . . .
Mid-Term
Examination . . . . . .
Final Exam . . . . . .

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hossam AbdelMunim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Electronic Measurements – COMM 364 – Spring 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Electronic Measurements Code: COMM 364
Credit Hours: 2 Lecture: N/A
Tutorial : N/A Practical: 4
Total: 4

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Get the students familiar with most important measuring instruments.


• Teach the students how to investigate the behavior of analog and digital electronic
circuits in the lab.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Describe the operation of different measurement equipment.
a2- Explain the theory and operation of different electronic circuits.
a3- Measure the performance of digital circuits.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Evaluate the performance of analog and digital circuits.
b2- Plan a measurement setup for different electronic circuits.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
c. Professional and practical skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe practical steps for doing electronic measurements.
c2- Select appropriate components for experimentation.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team and within time constraints.
d2- Motivate team members.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Oscilloscope and Function Generators 0 0 4 4


2 Diodes and OPAMPS 0 0 12 12
3 FET Amplifiers 0 0 4 4

4 Gates and Combinational Logic Circuits 0 0 16 16

5 Flip-Flops 0 0 8 8

6 Sequential Digital Circuits 0 0 16 16

Total Hours 0 0 60 60

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Laboratory interactions


4.2 – Laboratory manuals
4.3 – Lab reports

5- Student assessment methods

5.1- Lab Reports to assess understanding of the theory and practical procedures to measure
electronic circuits.
5.2- Oral and experimental examination to assess the practical skills of students and how they
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
can put it into getting electronic circuits to work.
5.3- Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, especially the
measuring techniques.

Assessment schedule

Lab Reports and Attendance Weekly


Oral and Experimental Exam Last week
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Lab Reports and Attendance 30%


Oral and Experimental Exam 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

5.1- Electronic Circuits: Laboratory Manual, Heathkit Educational Systems, 1988.


5.2- S. Libes, A. Eichert, T. Elbell, and P. Marshall, "Digital Electronics: Concepts and
Applications”, 11th Edition, Lab-Volt, 1993.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Laboratory kits.
- Bread boards and electronic components.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Oscilloscope and Function Generators X X X X
Diodes and OPAMPS X X X X X
FET Amplifiers X X X X X
Gates and Combinational Logic Circuits X X X X X
Flip-Flops X X X X X
Sequential Digital Circuits X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Laboratory interactions X X X X X
Laboratory manuals X X X X X X
Lab reports X X X X

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lab Reports and Attendance X X X X X X X

Oral and Experimental Exam X X X

Final Exam X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Marzouk

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Human Resources Management - HUMN 364 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: All Programs
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : All Programs
Department offering the course: Any Department
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Human Resources Management Code: HUMN 364
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 0
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Illustrate the HR. management responsibilities of line and staff
• Illustrate and explain each of the seven steps in HR Scorecard approach for crating
HR systems..
• Write job specifications.
• List different type of tests.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Identify to the management and human resources definitions and role.
a2- Identify Human Resource Management and the HR Scorecard and job analysis.
a3- Identify Employee Testing , Selection and interviewing.
a4- Identify Training, Developing Employees and Appraisal.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- …

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Reem

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
c1- ----.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Prepare technical effective studying reports.
d2- Demonstrate efficient IT capabilities..

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction, common factors,
organization in the management and
1 3 2 0 5
human resources definitions

The strategic role of Human Resource


2 Management,. 3 2 0 5

Strategic role of Human Resource


3 Management and the HR Scorecard. 6 4 0 10

Job analysis.
4 9 6 0 15
Employee Testing and Selection.
5 9 6 0 15
Interviewing Candidates.
6 6 4 0 10
Training and Developing Employees
7 6 4 0 10
Performance Management and Appraisal.
8 3 2 0 5
Total Hours
45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Class Lectures


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Reem

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.2 - Tutorial

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Quizzes.
5.2– Assignments.
5.3– Mid-Term Examination.
5.4– Final examination.
5.5– In-Class activities and attendance.

Assessment schedule

assignments Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester
In-Class activities and attendance Weekly

Weighting of assessments

Quizzes 10%
assignments 20%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
In-Class activities and attendance 5%
Final Exam 40%
Total 100%

6- List of references

• Human Resources Management 10/e Gray Dessler..

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and data show projector

Course Content/ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 d1 d2

Course Coordinator: Dr. Reem

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Introduction, common factors, organization in the
management and human resources definitions x

The strategic role of Human Resource Management,. x


Strategic role of Human Resource Management and x
the HR Scorecard
Job analysis. x x
Employee Testing and Selection. x x
Interviewing Candidates. x
Training and Developing Employees
x x
Performance Management and Appraisal. x x

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 d1 d2
Class Lectures x x x x
Tutorial x x

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix


Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 d1 d2
assignments x x x x
Quizzes x x x x
Mid-Term Examination x x
Final Exam x x x x
In-Class activities and attendance x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Reem

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Antenna Engineering and Propagation – COMM 411 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Antenna Engineering and Propagation Code: COMM 411
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Enrich the student knowledge in the field of antennas


• Develop the student ability to analyze basic antennas structures.
• Develop the student ability to design simple antennas.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Derive the far field components of wire antennas.
a2- List the antenna fundamental parameters.
a3- Explain different types of wire antennas.
a4- Recognize the operation of antennas arrays.
a5- Derive the far field components of aperture antennas.
a6- Explain the operation of reflector antennas.
a7- Explain the operation of broadband antennas.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze antennas structures.
b2- Design simple antennas structures.
b3- Evaluate commercial antennas performance.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Identify appropriate specifications for required antennas..
c2- Write technical reports.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in team
d2- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Infinitesimal dipole and antennas
1 12 8 20
parameters
Wire antennas, feeding networks and
2 6 4 10
ground effects
3 Loop antennas 6 4 10

4 Arrays 9 6 15

5 Rectangular and circular apertures 6 4 10

6 Reflector antennas 3 2 5
7 Broadband antennas 3 2 5
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 – Discussion group
4.3 - Reading

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5- Student assessment methods
5.1 - Assignments
5.2 – Quizzes/participation on board
.
5.3 – Midterm Exams (two).
5.4 – Design project
5.5 – Final exam
.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes/participation on board Weekly
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Design project Week 12
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance/ Assignments 10%


Quizzes/participation on board 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Project 10%
Final Exam 40%
Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Constantine Balanis, Antenna Theory Analysis and Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2005

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Content
Infinitesimal
dipole and
     
antennas
parameters
Wire
antennas,
feeding
    
networks and
ground
effects
Loop
    
antennas
Arrays     
Rectangular
and circular     
apertures
Reflector
    
antennas
Broadband
    
antennas

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures           
Discussion
    
group
Reading     

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance/assignments       

Quizzes/participation
        
on board

Mid-Term Examination         

Project     

Final Exam         

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Acoustics – COMM 412 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Acoustics Code: COMM 412
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Obtain sufficient background and technical knowledge of Acoustics


• Develop the student ability to use most popular application of Acoustic

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List Basic of information in Acoustics
a2- Explain the relationship between pressure and particle velocity for plan waves
and spherical waves
a3- Describe acoustic measurements and noise metrics
a4- List of the wave acoustics, wave equation
a5- Explain the application of biomedical Acoustic Engineering
a6- Outline of fundamental Acoustic properties.
a7- Recognize the acoustic wave characteristic and its application

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hany Shawky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze the wave equation of some noise sources
b2- Design room Acoustics and Reverberation time measurment
b3- Evaluate the practical importance of sound energy
b4- Plan for creation Acoustic characteristic and its properties

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe sound absorber and insulator in Acoustic
c2- Design of different room Acoustics characteristics
c3- Create systematic and methodic approaches when dealing with new and
advancing technology in Acoustics
d. General and transferable skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c4- Work to Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning of
fundamental Acoustic phenomena
d1- Propose for understanding contemporary issues of Acoustic
d2- Formulate the biomedical application in Acoustic Engineering

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Basic information of Acoustics 3 2 5


2 Acoustic measurements and types of waves 9 4 13
3 Environmental noise and wave acoustics 9 8 17
Reverberation time, rooms and ear
4 6 4 10
characteristics
5 Impedance and sound energy 6 4 10
Sound abdorption, absorber and
6 6 4 10
transmission
7 Biomedical application 6 4 10
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hany Shawky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- The master handbook of Acoustics,F.Alton Everest, McGraw hill, 2001


6.2 Architectual Acoustics, Marshall long, Elsevier Inc., 2006
6.3 Foundation of Engineering Acoustics, Frank Fahy, Elsevier, 2005
6.4 The science and applications of Acoustics, Daniel Racheal and Cunny, spring, 2006

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hany Shawky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Content
Basic
information of x
Acoustics
Acoustic
measurements
and types of
x X
waves
Environmental
noise and wave x x x
acoustics
Reverberation
time, rooms
and ear
x x x
characteristics
Impedance
and sound x x x x
energy
Sound x
abdorption,
absorber and
x x
transmission
Biomedical x
application
x x

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Lectures x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Assignments x x x x x
Design
x x
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hany Shawky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance
and
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hany Shawky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Analog Circuits – COMM 421 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Analog Circuits Code: COMM 421
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Help the student in understanding analog circuits.


• Become capable to design and optimize any analog circuit.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the main building elements in any analog circuit.
a2- Explain main building blocks of the different analog circuits.
a3- Describe main function of the main elements that builds up the different analog
circuits.
a4- List main functions of built analog circuit.
a5- Explain the various pros and cons of the designed analog circuit.
a6- Outline the main properties of used analog circuits. Characterize the used analog circuit.
a7- Recognize the functionality of any analog circuit.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ismail Mohammed Hafez

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze the different analog circuits.
b2- Design a variety of multifunction analog circuits.
b3- Evaluate the parameters of analog circuits.
b4- Plan the versatile analog circuits that can fulfill a specific function.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe the importance and significance of utilized device and elements (value
wise and type wise)
c2- Design the device parameters to meet the required functionality from analog
circuit.
c3- Create new designs for analog circuits.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in groups.
d2- Propose different useful simulation tools.
d3- Formulate versatile solution methods.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


MOSFET devices (operation and
1 3 2
applications)
2 Different MOSFET device configurations 9 5
Negative feedback topologies and amplifier
3 12 8
stability
4 Positive feedback 8 6
Root locus and poles and zeros of any
5 electronic function will be examined in- 6 4
parallel with amplifier frequency response
6 Multi-vibrators 4 2

7 Software and hardware projects 3 3


Total Hours 45 30 0 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ismail Mohammed Hafez

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project (theoretical + practical + simulation)

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving, analytical
and design capabilities.
5.2 – Design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

1. Microelectronic circuits, Sedra/Smith, Oxford University Press, sixth edition.


2. Analog Integrated Circuit Design, David Johns and Ken Martin, Jon Wiley & sons, 1997
3. Analog Design Essentials, Willy Sansen, Springer, 2006

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ismail Mohammed Hafez

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
MOSFET devices
(operation and X X X X X X X X X
applications)
Different X
MOSFET device X X X X X X X X X
configurations
Negative X X
feedback
topologies and X X X X X X X X X X X X X
amplifier
stability
Positive X
feedback
X X X X X X X X X X
Root locus and X
poles and zeros
of any electronic
function will be
examined in- X X X X X X X X X X
parallel with
amplifier
frequency
response
Multi-vibrators X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Software and X X
hardware X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
projects

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Lectures X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Design
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ismail Mohammed Hafez

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance
and X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ismail Mohammed Hafez

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
VLSI Design – COMM 422 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: VLSI Design Code: COMM 422
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Build the student background in issues related to integrated circuit fabrication and
design.
• Enrich the student’s basic knowledge in designing high-speed CMOS digital
integrated circuits.
• Develop the student ability to use integrated circuit computer-aided design and
verification tools.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able to
demonstrate the knowledge and understanding of:
a1. Basic issues in digital integrated circuit fabrication and design.
a2. Different implementation strategies for Digital CMOS ICs, FPGAs and
applications in DSP.
a3. CMOS IC layout of complex gates and design rules.
a4. Delay of CMOS circuits.
a5. Sequential design issues.
a6. Digital datapath sybsystems.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b. Intellectual skills
The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able
to:
b1. Assess the performance of CMOS digital circuits
b2. Analyze the delay of basic digital gates.
b3. Compute critical timing issues: skew, jitter and crosstalk of an entire system.
b4. Evaluate the performance of datapath subsystems: Shifters, Adders and
Multipiers.

c. Professional and practical skills


The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able
to:
c1. Isolate design challenges during digital design process.
c2. Design synchronous integrated digital circuits.

d. General and transferable skills


The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able
to:

d1. Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.


d2. Share results.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


CMOS Processing - Scaling 3 3
1 3 9
Layout - Digital Design Implementation 3 3 3 9
2
Models for Digital Design 3 3 3 9
3
Combinational Delay 3 3 3 9
4
Interconnects 3 3 3 9
5
Sequential Design 3 3 3 9
6
Clock Limitations and Distribution 3 3 3 9
7
PLL and DLL 3 3 3 9
8
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Datapath Sybsystems: Adders - Multipliers
9 6 6 6 18

Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Quizzes
5.2 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.3 – Design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.4 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Jan Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan and Borivoje Nikolic,"Digital Integrated Circuits: A


Design Perspective", Prentice-Hall. Second Edition.
6. 1- N. Weste and D. Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”,
Third Edition, Addison Wesley

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
7- Facilities required for teaching and learning
- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
CMOS Processing - Scaling
x x x
Layout - Digital Design
Implementation x x x
Models for Digital Design
x x x
Combinational Delay
x x x x x
Interconnects
x x
Sequential Design x x x x x
Clock Limitations and x
Distribution x x
PLL and DLL x x x
Datapath Sybsystems: x
Adders - Multipliers x x x

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures x x x x x x x
Assignments x x x x x x
Design
x x x x x x
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and x x
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Microwave Circuits – COMM 432 –

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Microwave Circuits Code: COMM 432
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Teach the students how to analyze transmission line problems.


• Give the students the know-how to design, build and test microwave circuits
(matching networks, filters and amplifier).
• Give the students the necessary skills to use RF circuit and device simulators.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Analyze different configurations of transmission lines.
a2- Describe the operation of basic microwave components.
a3- Explain the theory of matching networks.
a4-Describe the theory of microwave filters and microwave amplifiers.
a5- List the necessary tools for simulating RF and microwave circuits.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Select the appropriate transmission lines.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Select the appropriate matching network.
b3- Select the filter design that meets the specifications.
b4- Select the amplifier design that meets the specifications.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Build and test matching networks.
c2- Build and test microwave filters.
c3- Build and test microwave amplifiers.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Design of microwave circuits (matching networks, filters, and amplifiers)
d2- Test microwave circuits.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Transmission lines 4 4 4 12
2 Network theory 4 4 2 10
3 Passive microwave components 4 4 4 12

4 Matching networks 4 4 4 12

5 Filter design 4 4 4 12

6 Amplifier design 6 6 6 18
7 RF measurements 4 4 6 14
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design project to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments and Project Weekly


Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Project 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- D. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 1998.


6.2- R. Collin, “Foundations for Microwave Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 1966.
6.3- K. Gupta et al., “Microstrip lines and Slotlines”, Artech House, 1996.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Basic Microwave lab
- Board and data show projector
- Computer with RF simulator

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Transmission lines • •
Network theory •
Passive microwave components •
Matching networks • • • •
Filter design • • • •
Amplifier design • • • •
RF measurements • •

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Class Lectures • • • • •
Assignments • • •
Design Project • • • • •

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2

Attendance
and • • • • •
Participation

Assignments
• • • • • • • • •
and Project

Quizzes • • • •

Mid-Term
• • •
Examination

Final Exam • • • • • • • • •

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Optoelectronic Devices – COMM 441 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Optoelectronic Devices Code: COMM 441
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Introduce the students to the basic principles of optoelectronic devices.


• Build the students ability to formulate and analyze an engineering problem.
• Promote the students skills in comparing different alternatives.
• Improve the student skills with respect to practical considerations and device
limitations.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Outline the basics of wave matter interactions and their engineering applications.
a2- Recognize the properties of optoelectronic materials and devices.
a3- Explain the fundamentals of laser engineering systems and their applications in
optical communications.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Develop analytical models for optoelectronic engineering problems.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Solve optoelectronic engineering problems in an optimized way.
b3- Design optoelectronic engineering components and systems for specific
applications.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Write scientific technical reports
c2- Create practical set ups, their usage guides and maintenance plans.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work efficiently in a team
d2- Refer to relevant literatures.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction 2 2 2 6
2 Optical Cavities 2 2 2 6
3 Laser Oscillations 4 4 4 12

4 Laser Systems 4 4 4 12

5 Semiconductor Lasers 6 6 6 18

6 Photo detectors 6 6 6 18
7 Applications 6 6 6 18
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design projects to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments and Projects Bi-Weekly


Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Projects 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- J. Verdeyen, "Laser Electronics", 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1995.


6.2- G. Keiser, "Optical Fiber Communications", 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction X X
Optical Cavities X X X X
Laser Oscillations X X X X
Laser Systems X X X X X X
Semiconductor Lasers X X X X X X
Photo detectors X X X X X X
Applications X X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X
Assignments X X X
Design
X X X X
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X

Mid-Term
X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Magdy Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Statistical Signal Processing – COMM 451 – Fall 2010

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Statistical Signal Processing Code: COMM 451
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Enrich the student knowledge about stochastic signals in conjunction with linear
systems both in time and frequency domains.
• Develop the students ability to develop algorithms for estimation, filtering ,
identification, recognition, and detection.
• Train the students to use software packages to develop their own algorithms.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List statistical properties of random signals
a2- List properties of linear systems
a3- Explain effects of linear systems on random signals
a4- Describe meaning of estimation, filtering , identification, recognition, detection,
and spectral estimation
a5- Recognize applicability of SSP algorithms in practice.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze effect of linear systems on stochastic processes signals in time and
frequency domains
b2- Design algorithms to perform signal processing for the purposes mentioned in a4.
b3- Evaluate the performance and limitations of the algorithms mentioned in b2

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe techniques for parametric and non-parametric estimation techniques
c2- Design optimization techniques
c3- Design sequential algorithms for the techniques in c1and c2
c4- Create MATLAB code to implement the techniques in c1 and c2

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work MATLAB signal processing and simulation tools
d2- Propose suitable solutions to practical estimation problems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Review of linear system theory, random
1 variables, stochastic processes and 4 8 12
probability theory
Linear systems and stationary inputs,
2 4 8 12
linear signal models / power spectrum
3 Non parametric power spectral estimation 4 2 6 12

4 Optimum linear filters and algorithms 4 2 6 12

5 Least Squares estimation / recursive LS 4 2 6 12

6 Adaptive filters / Least Mean Squares 4 4 6 14


7 Parametric spectral estimation 6 4 6 16
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Lectures
4.2 – Tutorials
4.3 - Assignments
4.4 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – MATLAB assignments and technical reports to access: the ability to apply knowledge
gained in the course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Monthly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Statistical and Adaptive Signal Processing,


Dimitris G. Manolakis, Vinay K. Ingle and Stephen M. Kogon, 2005 ARTECH HOUSE, INC.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Computer lab with MATLAB installed

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2
Content
Review of linear
system theory,
random variables,
stochastic processes • • •
and probability
theory
Linear systems and
stationary inputs,
linear signal models • • •
/ power spectrum
Non parametric
power spectral • • • • • • •
estimation
Optimum linear
filters and • • • • • • • •
algorithms
Least Squares
estimation / • • • • • • • •
recursive LS
Adaptive filters /
Least Mean Squares • • • • • • • •
Parametric spectral
estimation • • • • • •

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2
Lectures • • • • • • • • • • • •
Assignments • • • • • • • •
Design
• • • • • •
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2

Attendance
and • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Participation

Assignments • • • • • • • • •

Quizzes • • • • • • • • • • •

Mid-Term
• • • • • • • • • • •
Examination

Final Exam • • • • • • • • • • •

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Digital Signal Processing – COMM 470 – Spring 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 3rd Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Digital Signal Processing Code: COMM 470
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Enrich the student knowledge about digital signals and systems.


• Develop the students ability to analyze digital signals and systems both in time and
frequency domains.
• Develop the students ability to design digital filters.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List properties of digital signals obtained by sampling of analog signals
a2- Explain properties of discrete-time systems
a3- Explain the concept of system impulse response and the convolution summation
a4- Define digital signal transformation —— z-Transform and DTFT
a5- Explain the concept of the system transfer function
a6- Explain the input-output signals auto- and cross-correlation dependency
a7- Describe signal power spectrum
a8- Describe properties of frequency selective digital filters.

b. Intellectual skills
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze discrete time signals both in time and frequency domains
b2- Analyze discrete-time systems both in time and frequency domains
b3- Design frequency selective filters

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe implementation of DTFT and DFT
c2- Implement discrete-time systems
c3- Implement discrete-time frequency selective filters

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work with a team to implement DSP code

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Signal sampling, ATD and sampling
1 6 4 10
theory
2 Discrete-time signals and systems 6 4 10
z-Transform and application to the
3 6 4 10
analysis of DT systems
4 DTFT 3 2 5
Frequency domain analysis of signals and
5 9 6 15
systems
6 Sampling and reconstruction of signals 3 2 5

7 DFT 3 2 5
8 Design of digital filters 9 6 15
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – Assignments and reports to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course
in problem solving.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Monthly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- “Digital Signal Processing: Principles Algorithms and Properties”, 4th edition,

John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis, , 2007 Pearson, Prentice Hall

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Computer lab equipped with MATLAB.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1
Content
Signal sampling,
ATD and sampling •
theory
Discrete-time
signals and systems • • • •
z-Transform and
application to the
analysis of DT • • •
systems
DTFT • • • •
Frequency domain
analysis of signals • • • • •
and systems
Sampling and
reconstruction of • •
signals
DFT • •
Design of digital
filters • •

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1
Lectures • • • • • • • • • • • •
Assignments • • • • •
Design

Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1

Attendance
and •
Participation

Assignments • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Quizzes • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Mid-Term
• • • • • • • • • •
Examination

Final Exam • • • • • • • • • •

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed ElShafey

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Digital Circuit Design – COMM 471 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Digital Circuit Design Code: COMM 471
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Build the student background in issues related to digital circuit design.
• Help students develop a thorough understanding of the analysis and design of
different digital gates.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List different digital circuit families.
a2- Explain the difference between combinational and sequential logic.
a3- Describe the operation of static and dynamic logic gates.
a4- List the characteristics of CMOS inverters.
a5- Explain the operation of ECL, CMOS and PTL logic circuits.
a6- Explain the operation of semiconductor memories.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze the operation of the CMOS inverter.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Design different logic gate circuits.
b3- Evaluate the performance of static and dynamic logic circuits.
b4- Analyze the operation of different digital circuits using computer simulation tools

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Design digital circuits meeting certain deign constraints.
c2- Create simulation testbenches for digital circuits.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Demonstrate good simulation skills.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction to Digital Circuits Design 2 0 0 2


2 The CMOS Inverter 6 6 6 18
3 ECL Logic Family 4 4 4 12

4 PTL Logic Family 2 4 4 10

5 Static Combinational Logic 4 4 4 12

6 Dynamic Combinational Logic 4 4 4 12


7 Sequential Logic Circuits 4 4 4 12
8 Semiconductor Memories 4 4 4 12
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Lectures
4.2 – Assignments
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.3 – Simulation Labs

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- S. Kang and Y. Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis and Design”,
3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001.
6.2- J. Rabaey, A. Chandrakasan, and B. Nikolic, “Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design
Perspective”, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2003.
6.3- N. Weste and D. Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective”,
4th Edition, Pearson, 2010.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning

- Board and Data Show projector.


- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction to
Digital Circuits X X
Design
The CMOS
X X X X X X X X
Inverter
ECL Logic X X X X X
Family
PTL Logic X X X X X X X
Family
Static X
Combinational X X X X X X X X
Logic
Dynamic
Combinational X X X X X X X X
Logic
Sequential
X X X X X X
Logic Circuits
Semiconductor X X X X X
Memories

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X X X
Assignments X X X X X X X X
Simulation
X X X X
Labs

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X X X
Participation

Assignments X X X X X X X X

Quizzes X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Analog Communication Systems – COMM 473 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Analog Communication Systems Code: COMM 473
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Understand the basic concepts of analog communication systems


• Test different communication modulation and demodulation techniques.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the different analog modulation types.
a2- Explain the operation of modulation and demodulation techniques (AM, FM, and
PM).
a3- Describe the effect of the noise on the communication systems.
a4- Outline the advantages and disadvantages of modulation and demodulation
techniques
a5- Describe the effect of communication systems parameters like the bandwidth,
frequency/time representation.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze the individual building blocks if analog communication systems.
b2- Design AM modulator and demodulators.
b3- Evaluate the required bandwidth
b4- Analyze the effect of the noise on the communication systems.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe operation of analog communication systems modulators and
demodulators
c2- Design the required communication channel based on the provided parameters
c3- Create testbed to investigate the modulators and demodulator operation.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team
d2- Formulate communication system problems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

Introduction to communication systems 2 2 2


1
6 6 10 6
2 Analysis of amplitude modulation
4 4 8 4
3 Analysis of frequency modulation
4 4 2 4
4 Analysis of phase modulation
Heterodyne Radio Transmitters and 2 2 10 2
5 receivers
Random Processes: Stationary process, 4 4 4
6 Ergodic process
Power spectral Density. Noise, Narrow 4 4 4
7
band noise
Noise Figure, Signal to noise ration in 4 4 4
8
Analog systems
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4th edition.


6.2 Leon Couch, “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, 7th edition.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Content
Introduction to
communication x
systems
Analysis of
amplitude x x x x x x x
modulation
Analysis of
frequency x x x x x x
modulation
Analysis of
phase x x x x x x
modulation
Heterodyne x
Radio
Transmitters
x x x
and receivers
Random
Processes:
Stationary
process,
x x
Ergodic
process
Power spectral
Density. Noise,
Narrow band
x x
noise
Noise Figure,
Signal to noise
ration in x x
Analog
systems

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2

Lectures x x x x x x x x x x x x

Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2

Attendance
and x
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x x x x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Communication Networks – COMM 481 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Communication Networks Code: COMM 481
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Understand the basic terminologies and elements of communication networks


• Understand the operation of some communication networks

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the different types of network topologies
a2- Explain the operation of multiplexing techniques
a3- Describe the transmission media types
a4- List the switching teachniques
a5- Explain the operation of DSL internet access

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze the communication network architecture
b2- Design multiplexing/demultiplexing system to meet certain requirements
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b3- Evaluate the network end to end delay
b4- Plan DSL bandwith allocation

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe the difference between transmission media types
c2- Design multiplexing/demultiplexing system to meet certain requirements

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team
d2- Formulate communication network problems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction to telecommunication 3 2 5
1
networks
6 4 10
2 Network topology
Switching: Telegraph, Telephone, Telex, 6 4 10
3 Data, Signalling, ISDN, Broad band,
Private switching
multiplexing: Analog, Digital, 6 4 10
4
Wavelength division
6 4 10
5 Data transmission interface equipment
Copper lines: Open wire, Twisted pair 6 4 10
6 cable, Coaxial cable. Optical fibre
technology
3 2 5
7 Mobile radio: Service mode technology

Satellites: Services, Technology 3 2 5


8

Digital subscriber lines 6 4 10


9

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1 “Computer Networks”, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th ed., Prentice Hall.


6.2 “Data And Computer Communications”, William Stallings, 8th ed., Prentice Hall

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction to
telecommunication x x
networks
Network topology x
Switching:
Telegraph,
Telephone, Telex,
Data, Signalling, x
ISDN, Broad
band, Private
switching
multiplexing:
Analog, Digital,
x x x
Wavelength
division
Data transmission
interface x x
equipment
Copper lines:
Open wire,
Twisted pair cable,
x x x
Coaxial cable.
Optical fibre
technology
Mobile radio:
Service mode x x
technology
Satellites:
Services, x x
Technology
Digital subscriber x x
lines

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures x x x x x x x x x x x
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and x
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x x x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Control Systems – COMM 482 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 18/7/2013

A- Basic Information
Title: Control Systems Code: COMM 482
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Analyze control systems


• Design control loops
• Design PID controllers and tune their parameters for best performance
• Analyze and design of control systems using State Space

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List different types of control systems
a2- Explain control concepts like noise, disturbance, steady state errors, and stability
a3- Describe system performance and stability using root locus and bode diagrams
a4- Outline the three terms controller
a5- Differentiate between observable and controllable state space representations
a6- Design feedback gains of state space model

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Sherif Hammad

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 18/7/2013
b1- Analyze Control Systems
b2- Design PID Controllers and choose their parameters
b3- Evaluate control system performance index
b4- Sketch of Root-Locus and Bode Plot
b5- Convert from/to different system representations e.g. transfer function,
differential equations

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Analyze control systems using Matlab
c2- Design Control loops using Matlab

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Propose most suitable PID controllers for existing systems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction to control open and
1 4 2 6
closed loops
2 S domain, Transfer function, Block Diagrams 4 2 6
First, second and higher order systems
3 6 2 2 7
responses
4 Routh Stability 2 2 4

5 Root Locus analysis and design 4 2 2 8

6 PID controllers 2 1 2 5

7 Bode & Polar Plots 4 2 2 8


8 State Space analysis and design 4 2 2 8

Total Hours 30 15 10 55

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
1

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Sherif Hammad

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 18/7/2013
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 – Matlab hands-on

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exams, and quizzes to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem
solving and analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – Technical reports assignments to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule
Assignments 4
Quizzes 1
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 10%


Assignments 10%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

Control System Engineering, Norman S. Nise_6th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2011
Matlab from Mathworks

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with Matlab tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Sherif Hammad

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 18/7/2013
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1
Introduction to control open
and closed loops
  
S domain, Transfer function,
Block Diagrams
   
First, second and higher
order systems responses
   
Routh Stability  
Root Locus analysis and
design
    
PID controllers    
Bode & Polar Plots    
State Space Analysis &  
design
  

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1
Lectures              
Assignments              
Matlab Hands on        

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Sherif Hammad

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 18/7/2013
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 c1 c2 d1

Attendance and
      
Participation

Assignments            

Quiz (Matlab)  

Written Exams            

Course Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Sherif Hammad

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 18/7/2013
Course specifications of
Digital Communications – COMM 483 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Digital Communications Code: COMM 483
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Analyze pulse code modulation
• Determine the Intersymbol Interference and Nyquist criterion for distortion-less baseband
transmission.
• Describe the signal space analysis and passband digital modulation techniques.
• Explain spread spectrum techniques.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the sampling and quantization process and PCM
a2- Explain time division multiplexing, digital multiplexing and delta modulation
a3- Explain the intersymbol interference effect
a4- Describe the signal space analysis
a5- Explain passband digital transmission
a6- List digital modulation techniques
a7- Outline spread spectrum techniques

b. Intellectual skills
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze pulse code modulation
b2- Evaluate the signal space representation
b3- Design passband digital transmission systems
b4- Plan spread spectrum system

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe pulse code modulation
c2- Design digital modulation techniques
c3- Create digital communication system

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in team
d2- Propose different ideas
d3- Formulate problems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Sampling process, pulse amplitude
1 modulation, quantization process, 6 6 6 18
quantization noise
Pulse code modulation, time division
2 multiplexing. Digital multiplexers, pulse 6 6 6 18
transmission, line codes, delta modulation
Probability of errors in baseband, Raised
Cosine spectrum. M-ary probability of error,
3 regenerative repeaters, eye Pattern, power
4 4 4 12
spectrum of pulse amplitude modulation.
4 Signal space analysis, correlation receiver.. 2 2 2 6
Pass-band data transmission, BPSK, QPSK,
QPSK (Pe, Spectrum, generation). M-ary
PSK, Hybrid Amplitude phase modulation,
5 Coherent Frequency shift keying, M ،Ary
10 10 10 30
FSK, Noncoherent binary FSK. Differential
phase shift Keying,
6 Multiple a Spread Spectrum techniques 2 2 2 6
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8, 13
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments / project 15%
Quizzes 15%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Simon Haykin “ Communication Systems”, 4th Edition 2001


6.2- Digital Communications, 5-th edition, by John Proakis & Masoud Salehi, McGraw-
Hill, 2008.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Sampling process,
pulse amplitude
modulation, • •
quantization process,
quantization noise
Pulse code
modulation, time
division multiplexing.
Digital multiplexers, • •
pulse transmission,
line codes, delta
modulation
Probability of errors
in baseband, Raised
Cosine spectrum. M-
ary probability of
error, regenerative • • • •
repeaters, eye Pattern,
power spectrum of
pulse amplitude
modulation.
Signal space analysis, •
correlation receiver..
• • •
Pass-band data
transmission, BPSK,
QPSK, QPSK (Pe,
Spectrum,
generation). M-ary
PSK, Hybrid
Amplitude phase • • • • • • • •
modulation, Coherent
Frequency shift
keying, M ،Ary FSK,
Noncoherent binary
FSK. Differential
phase shift Keying,
Multiple a Spread • • • • • • • • • • •
Spectrum techniques

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Method

Lectures • • • • • • • • • • •

Assignments • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Design • • • • • •
Project

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance • • • • • • • • • • •
and
Participation

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Assignments /
project

• • • • • • • • • • •
Quizzes

• • • • • •
Mid-Term
Examination

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Final Exam

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Wireless and Mobile Communications – COMM 513 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Wireless and Mobile Communications Code: COMM 513
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Describe frequency planning fundamentals


• Explain propagation models
• Study wireless and mobile standard systems as: GSM, CDMA, and 3G

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List frequency planning parameters
a2- Explain frequency planning steps
a3- Describe multipath wireless channels
a4- List propagation models (small scale, large scale)
a5- Explain GSM
a6- Outline CDMA mobile system standard
a7- Recognize 3G mobile system

b. Intellectual skills
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze cellular system
b2- Design GSM system
b3- Evaluate CDMA system
b4- Plan 3G mobile system

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe GSM system
c2- Design CDMA system
c3- Create 3G system with different propagation models

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in team
d2- Propose different ideas
d3- Formulate problems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Frequency planning fundamentals 10 8 0 18


2 Multipath wireless channel 3 2 0 5
Propagation models (small and large
3 8 5 0 13
scale)
4 GSM system 8 5 0 13

5 CDMA system 8 5 0 13

6 3G system 8 5 0 13

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5- Student assessment methods
5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8, 13
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments/project 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references
“Wireless Communication System” Rappaport, 2nd ed. 2001

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Content
Frequency • • • • •
planning •
fundamentals
Multipath • • •
wireless channel
Propagation • • •
models (small
and large scale)
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
GSM system • • • • • •

CDMA system • • • • • •

3G system • • • • • •

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Lectures • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Assignments • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Design • • • • • •
Project

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance • • • • • • • • • • •
and
Participation

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Assignments /
project

• • • • • • • • • • •
Quizzes

• • • • • •
Mid-Term
Examination

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Final Exam

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Satellite Communications – COMM 514 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Satellite Communications Code: COMM 514
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Build the student’s background and basic knowledge in the fields of satellite
communication.
• Improve the student’s skills in the definition, analysis, and solving of problems
related to satellite communication.
• Improve student’s skills in the design of satellite communication subsystems.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the basics of satellite communication systems
a2- Explain radio wave propagation, polarization, and antennas for satellite.
a3- Describe the space link.
a4- Explain the reliability of the satellite system modules.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Develop analytical models for satellite related problems
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Joseph Halim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Solve problems of satellite systems
b3- Design components and systems for specific applications related to satellite
systems.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Acquire the hand on practical set up’s preparation, use and maintenance.
c2- Deal with customers and suppliers.
c3- Write Technical Reports.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team.
d2- Develop ideas and share them with others.
d3- Communicate with others professionally.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Overview of satellite systems 2 2 0 4


2 Orbits and launching methods 4 2 0 6
3 Geostationary orbit 5 4 0 9

4 Radio wave propagation 4 2 0 6

5 Polarization 6 4 0 10

6 Antennas 8 6 0 14
7 Space link 8 4 0 12
8 Satellite access 8 6 0 14
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Joseph Halim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5- Student assessment methods
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design project to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Design Project Week 14
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Project 15%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- D. Roddy, "Satellite Communications", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.


6.2- R. Gigliardi, “Satellite Communications”, Reinhold, 1991.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with internet access.
- Communications laboratory.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Joseph Halim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Content
Overview of
satellite X X X X
systems
Orbits and
launching X X X X X
methods
Geostationary X X X
orbit
Radio wave X X X X X
propagation
Polarization X X X X X X X
Antennas X X X X X X
Space link X X X X X X X
Satellite X X X X X X X X
access

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X X
Design
X X X X X X
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Joseph Halim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance
and X X X X
Participation

Assignments
X X X X X X X X X
and Project

Quizzes X X X

Mid-Term
X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Joseph Halim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Network Security – COMM 515 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Network Security Code: COMM 515
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Give the students a basic understanding of network security issues


• Illustrate basic concepts about cryptography, network security protocols, and
mechanisms to secure computers

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List basic network security aspects
a2- Explain the basic principles for building a good cipher
a3- Describe different symmetric key encryption algorithms
a4- Describe a public key encryption algorithm
a5- Explain key distribution and authentication mechanisms
a6- List different network security protocols
a7- Recognize security threats

Course Coordinator: Dr. Yousra Alkabani

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 21/1/2013
b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze different security protocols
b2- Evaluate cryptographic algorithms

c. Professional and practical skills


c1- Implement encryption algorithms in software and/or hardware

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team to implement a cryptographic algorithm

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Overview of computer security
1 3 2 0 5
Introduction to symmetric key ciphers
2 3 2 0 5
AES encryption
3 3 2 0 5
Block ciphers and stream ciphers
4 3 2 0 5
Public key cryptography and RSA
5 3 2 0 5
Cryptographic hash functions
6 3 2 0 5
Message authentication codes
7 3 2 0 5
Digital signatures
8 3 2 0 5
Key management and distribution
9 3 2 0 5
User authentication protocols
10 3 2 0 5
Network and internet security
11 9 6 0 15
Intrusion, malicious software, and firewalls
12 6 4 0 10

Course Coordinator: Dr. Yousra Alkabani

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 21/1/2013
45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Weekly
Project Week 15
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 20%
Project 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, 5th
Edition, 2010.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Yousra Alkabani

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 21/1/2013
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 c1 d1
Overview of
computer security • • •
Introduction to
symmetric key
• •
ciphers

AES encryption
• • •
Block ciphers and
stream ciphers • • •
Public key
cryptography and
• • • •
RSA

Cryptographic
hash functions • • • •
Message
authentication
• • •
codes

Digital signatures
• •
Key management
and distribution •
User
authentication
• •
protocols

Network and
internet security • •
Intrusion,
malicious
software, and •
firewalls

Course Coordinator: Dr. Yousra Alkabani

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 21/1/2013
Learning Method /ILO Matrix
Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 c1 d1
Lectures • • • • • • • • •
Assignments • • • • • • • • •
Design
• •
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Yousra Alkabani

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 21/1/2013
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 c1 d1

Attendance
and • • • • • • • • •
Participation

Assignments • • • • • • • • •

Project • •

Mid-Term
Examination
• • • • •

Final Exam • • • • • • • • •

Course Coordinator: Dr. Yousra Alkabani

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 21/1/2013
Course specifications of
CAD for Digital Circuits – COMM 523 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics & Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: CAD for Digital Circuits Code: COMM 523
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Enrich the student’s basic knowledge in designing application specific digital
integrated circuits.
• Introduce the student to the fully-automated digital design flow.
• Develop the student ability to use integrated circuit computer-aided design and
verification tools.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able to
demonstrate the knowledge and understanding of:
a1. Basic integrated circuit subsystems.
a2. Standard-Cell Design
a3. Digital design and verification flows.
a4. Basic hardware description language HDL (VHDL/Verilog).
a5. Finite-state-machine Register-Transfer-Logic HDL description.
a6. Low-level logic synthesis steps.
a7. Basic steps in physical synthesis.
a8. Different integrated circuit test strategies.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b. Intellectual skills
The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able
to:
b1. Compute important delays and critical paths in sequential systems.
b2. Create a state-machine from a problem description.
b3. Compile a synthesizable HDL code.

c. Professional and practical skills


The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able
to:
c1. Isolate design challenges during digital design process.
c2. Build a simple chip from specifications down to layout using CAD tools.

d. General and transferable skills


The graduates of the Communication Systems Engineering program should be able
to:
d1. Formulate ideas.
d2. Share results.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


IC Subsystems 0
1 3 2 5
Standard-cell design 0
2 3 2 5
Sequential Design 0
3 3 2 5
Digital Flow – High-Level Design 0
4 3 2 5
Hardware Description Language 0
5 9 4 13
CAD System 0
6 3 2 5
Simulation Flow 0
7 3 4 7
Finite-State Machines 0
8 3 4 7
Logic Synthesis 0
9 3 2 5
Physical Design 0
10 6 2 8
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Design for Test 0
11 3 2 5
Design Flow 0
12 3 2 5

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Design Project Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 20%
Quizzes 10%
Design Project 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1 Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design”, Third Edition, PEARSON, Prentice Hall
6.2 Neil H.E. Weste and David Harris, "CMOS VLSI Design", Third Edition, Pearson,
Addison Wesley

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
7- Facilities required for teaching and learning
- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

IC Subsystems 

Sequential Design   
Digital Flow – High-Level
Design

Hardware Description
Language
  

CAD System   

Simulation Flow     

Finite-State Machines   

Logic Synthesis     

Physical Design    

Design for Test  

Design Flow     

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

Lecture           
Assignments         
Design Project            

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Attendance and  
Participation

Assignments    

Quizzes   

Design Project           

Final Exam           

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed Dessouky

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Analog Integrated Circuit Design – COMM 524 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Analog Integrated Circuit Design Code: COMM 524
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• build the student background in designing the electronic building blocks of
communication system.
• improve the student skills in the definition, analysis, and solving of problems relevant
to the electronics.
• Develop analytical skills that can be used in the field of analog circuit design.
• Develop intuition as to quickly assess circuit performance and functionality.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List characteristics of analog integrated electronics
a2- Explain small signal analysis concepts
a3- Describe different current mirrors topologies
a4- List different amplifiers topologies
a5- Explain operational amplifier design procedure
a6- Outline compensation techniques to maintain operational amplifier stability
a7- Recognize analog circuits noise source and performance.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ayman Hassan

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1 - Analyze differential amplifiers.
b2 - Design advanced analog integrated circuits.
b3 - Evaluate analog integrated circuits.
b4 - Plan analog integrated systems and subsystems.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe analog circuits specifications properly.
c2- Design analog integrated circuits using of simulation tools.
c3- Create technical reports.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in teams
d2- Propose ideas
d3- Formulate ideas

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction: device modeling 3 2 0 5


Small Signal Analysis: Single stage
2 Amplifier 6 4 0 10

3 Differential Pair 6 4 0 10
Current Sources and Current Mirrors
4 3 2 0 5

5 Differential OTAs 15 10 0 25

6 Stability and Compensation 6 4 0 10

7 Large Signal Response and Slew rate 3 2 0 5

8 Noise in linear Analog Integrated Circuits 3 2 0 5

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ayman Hassan

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Tutorials
4.3 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Attendance and Participation
5.2 -Assignments
5.3- Quizzes
5.4 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.5 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1 Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Behzad Razavi, MCGraw-Hill, 2002


6. 2 Analog Integrated Circuit Design, David Johns and Ken Martin, Jon Wiley & sons,
1997
6.3 Analog Design Essentials, Willy Sansen, Springer, 2006
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ayman Hassan

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
7- Facilities required for teaching and learning
- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ayman Hassan

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Content
Introduction:
device   
modeling

Small Signal
Analysis:
Single stage          
Amplifier

Differential
Pair            
Current
Sources and
Current           
Mirrors

Differential
OTAs            
Stability and 
Compensation          
Large Signal
Response and          
Slew rate

Noise in
linear Analog
Integrated           
Circuits

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Lectures          
Tutorials              
Assignments              
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ayman Hassan

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance
and          
Participation

Assignments              

Quizzes           

Mid-Term
       
Examination

Final Exam           

Course Coordinator: Dr. Ayman Hassan

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
RF Circuit Design – COMM 525 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: RF Circuit Design Code: COMM 525
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Build analytical skills needed for the field of radio frequency design.
• Build analytical skills needed for analyzing basic radio frequency performance
parameters.
• Enhance the student knowledge in the field of transceivers system and circuit design.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the operation of common transceiver architectures for RF transmission and
reception.
a2- Explain the concept of noise figure, non-linearity, blockers, and sensitivity in RF
transceivers
a3- Asses the performance requirements of different building blocks of RF
transceivers such as noise figure, gain and non-linearity.
a4- Describe the concept of impedance matching and impedance transformation in RF
circuits
a5- Recognize, analyze and design of low noise amplifiers, mixers, voltage controlled
oscillators, power amplifiers, and phase locked loops.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Nozahi

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Think intuitively about RF transceivers and its building blocks.
b2- List and analyze system requirements of RF transceivers.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Analyze RF transceivers and its building blocks.
c2- Analyze and simulate and evaluate the different RF building blocks.
c3- Increase the ability of writing technical report.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in teams.
d2- Propose and formulate new ideas.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 RF transceiver architectures 4 3 0 7

2 Noise and non-linearity Analysis 4 4 0 8

3 System level budgeting 4 2 0 6


Impedance matching and smith chart 2 2
4 0 4

5 Noise analysis in RF circuits 2 4 0 6

6 Shunt peaking techniques 2 2 0 4

7 Low Noise Amplifiers 6 3 0 9

8 Mixers 6 2 0 8

9 Voltage Controlled Oscillators 4 2 0 6

10 Power Amplifiers 4 2 0 6

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Nozahi

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
11 Modulators/Demodulators 2 2 0 4

12 Introduction to PLLs 4 2 0 6

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project
4.4 - Quizzes

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm exam and quizzes to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving
and analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- B. Razavi, RF Microelectronics, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall.


6.2 T. Lee, The Design of CMOS Radio-Frequency Integrated Circuits, 2nd edition,
Cambridge University Press.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Nozahi

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
7- Facilities required for teaching and learning
- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Nozahi

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
RF transceiver architectures • • • • • •
Noise and non-linearity Analysis • • •
System level budgeting • • • • • •
Impedance matching and smith chart • • •
Noise analysis in RF circuits • • • •
Shunt peaking techniques • • • • • •

Low Noise Amplifiers • • • • • •

Mixers • • • • • •

Voltage Controlled Oscillators • • • • • •

Power Amplifiers • • • • • •

Modulators/Demodulators • • • • •

Introduction to PLLs • • • • •

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Nozahi

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Learning Method /ILO Matrix

a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Lecture • • • • • • • • •

Tutorial • • • • •

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
• • • • • • • • •
Assignment

• • • • •
Mid-Term Examination

• • • • •
Quizzes

• • • • • • • •
Final Exam

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Nozahi

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Nozahi

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Embedded System Design – COMM 526 – Spring 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Embedded System Design Code: COMM 526
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Introduce the student to the field of embedded system design.


• Train the student on programming micro-controller based systems using both
assembly and C

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Explain the main differences between a microprocessor and a microcontroller
a2- List the most commonly used HC12 instructions
a3- Explain different addressing modes
a4- Outline the steps needed to use various I/O capabilities of the HC12
microcontroller
a5- Name various HC12 ports and control registers.
a6- Explain how interrupts & timers work
a7- Describe how to use the HC12 microcontroller for Analog input

b. Intellectual skills
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Cherif Salama

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze the requirements of an embedded system
b2- Design a micro-controller based system that satisfies certain requirements
b3- Write assembly and C programs for the HC12 microcontroller
b4- Debug microcontroller programs

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Use micro-controller based system
c2- Design efficient embedded systems
c3- Use embedded systems tools like Freescale’s CodeWarrior

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team
d2- Propose micro-controller based solutions to various communication problems
d3- Search for information

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction to M68HC12 3 2 0 5
2 M68HC12 Instruction Set 6 4 0 10
3 M68HC12 assembly Programming 6 4 0 10

4 Parallel I/O 3 2 0 5

5 Interrupts 6 4 0 10

6 M68HC12 Timer 6 4 0 10
7 M68HC12 Serial I/O 6 4 0 10

8 M68HC12 Analog I/O 3 2 0 5

9 Basic C embedded programming 6 4 0 10

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Cherif Salama

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Tutorials
4.3 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 – Exams including quizzes, midterm, and final exam to assess student’s understanding of
different aspects of the course, problem solving, analytical skills, and design capabilities.
5.2 – Assignments to access the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course on various
problems including real design cases

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1 Software and Hardware Engineering: Motorola MC68HC12, Fredrik M. Cady, and
James M. Sibigtroth, Oxford University Press, 2000
6.2 MC68HC12: An Introduction; Software and Hardware Interfacing, Han-Way Huang,
Thomson, DELMAR Learning, 2003
6.3 HCS12 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and C with
CodeWarrior, Muhammad Ali Mazidi, and Danny Causey, Pearson Education, Inc.,
2009
6.4 MC68HC12 Reference Manual, Motorola

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Cherif Salama

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Content
Introduction
● ● ● ● ●
Instruction
● ●
Set
Assembly
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Parallel I/O
● ● ● ●
Interrupts
● ● ● ● ●
Timers
● ● ● ● ●
Serial I/O
● ● ● ●
Analog I/O
● ● ● ●
C Prog.
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Lectures ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Tutorials ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Assignments ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Course Coordinator: Dr. Cherif Salama

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance
and ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Participation

Assignments ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Quizzes ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Mid-Term
Examination
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Final Exam ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Course Coordinator: Dr. Cherif Salama

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Distributed Systems – COMM 527 –

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Distributed Systems Code: COMM 527
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Give the students an overview of how a distributed system works collaboratively.


• Introduce the students to the link between system architecture and application
development.
• Teach the students the skill of designing a distributed application for particular
distributed system architecture.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List modern distributed architectures.
a2- Describe modern paradigms of interactions in distributed systems.
a3- Explain design aspects of a distributed application for particular distributed
system architecture.
a4- Outline structural and functional features of distributed systems.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Evaluate the structural and functional differences between classic and modern
distributed architectures.
b2- Develop distributed application that suits specific architectures.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Implement distributed processing concepts in developing programs for a
distributed system.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Manipulate a distributed application in via a specific methodology.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction to distributed systems 3 2 0 5


2 Architecture of distributed systems 12 8 0 20
Network vs. distributed operating
3 6 4 0 10
systems
4 Communication systems 6 4 0 10

5 Processes 6 4 0 10

6 Naming 6 4 0 10
Concurrency control, mutual
7 6 4 0 10
exclusion, and election.
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design projects to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Design Project Week 14
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Project 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- A. Tanenbaum and M. Van Steen, "Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms",
Prentice Hall, 2003.
6.2- G. Coulouris, J. Dollimore and T. Kindberg, "Distributed Systems: Concepts and
Design", Wesley, 2000.
6.3- A. Tanenbaum, “Distributed Operating System”, Prentice Hall, 2001.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools and internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 d1
Introduction to distributed systems X
Architecture of distributed systems X X
Network vs. distributed operating systems X X X X X X
Communication systems X X X X X
Processes X X X X X
Naming X X X X X
Concurrency control, mutual exclusion, and election. X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 d1
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X X X
Design Project X X X X

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 d1

Attendance and Participation X X X X


Assignments and Project X X X X
Quizzes X X X X
Mid-Term Examination X X X X
Final Exam X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Microwave Devices – COMM 533 –

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Microwave Devices Code: COMM 533
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Build the student background and basic knowledge in how to generate and amplify
microwaves.
• Provide knowledge and understanding of microwave tubes and semiconductor
devices.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Explain the basics of microwave amplification and generation.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Solve microwave electronics problems.
b2- Design of microwave amplification and generation for specific applications.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
c1- Present microwave electronics problems and their different solutions.
c2- Write technical reports.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team.
d2- Develop ideas and share them with others.
d3- Manage time and organize projects.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Klystrons 9 6 0 15
2 Travelling wave tubes 6 4 0 10
3 Magnetrons 6 4 0 10

4 Tunnel diodes 6 4 0 10

5 Transferring electron devices 6 4 0 10

6 IMPATT,TRAPATT,BARITT 6 4 0 10

7 Parametric devices 6 4 0 10
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment schedule

Assignments and Technical Report Weekly


Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Technical Report 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- S. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, Prentice Hall, 1996.


6.2- R. Collin, “Foundations for Microwave Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 2000.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2 d3
Klystrons X X X
Travelling wave tubes X X X
Magnetrons X X X
Tunnel diodes X X X X X X
Transferring electron devices X X X X X X X X
IMPATT,TRAPATT,BARITT X X X X X X X X
Parametric devices X X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2 d3
Lectures X
Assignments X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2 d3

Attendance
and X
Participation

Assignments
and Technical X X X X X X X
Report

Quizzes X X X

Mid-Term
X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Microwave Measurements – COMM 534 –

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
5th
Academic year / Level: Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Microwave Measurements Code: COMM 534
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 2 Practical: 2
Total: 6

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Teach the students how to perform testing measurements in microwave domain.


• Improve the student skills in handing and dealing with microwave technology
including installation of components, devices, and systems.
• Train students to use microwave components and antennas.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the basics of microwave systems measurements.
a2- Explain the basics of programming to design microwave components.
a3- Describe the properties of different microwave components.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Measure basic microwave parameters.
b2- Identify the different microwave components.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
c. Professional and practical skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Use software package to design different microwave components.
c2- Perform experiments in the microwave domain.
c3- Write technical report.
c4- Acquire the hands-on of practical set ups preparation, use and maintenance.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team efficiently.
d2- Manage time to meat schedule.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Reflex Klystron 4 4 4 12
2 Gunn Oscillator 4 4 4 12
3 Directional Coupler 2 2 2 6
4 Microwave Cavities 4 4 4 12

5 Planar transmission lines characterization 4 4 4 12


Injection phase locking of microwave
6 4 4 4 12
oscillator
7 Antennas 4 4 4 12
CAD and analysis of micro strip
8 4 4 4 12
discontinuities, couplers, and antennas.
Total Hours 30 30 30 90

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 – Laboratory manuals and interactions

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5- Student assessment methods
5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Lab reports to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in practical setups.
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments and Lab Reports Weekly


Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Lab Reports 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- Lab manuals.


6.2- K. Gupta, R. Garg, I. Bahl, and P. Bhartia, “Microstrip Lines and Slotlines”, 2nd
Edition, Artech House, 1996.
6.3- S. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, Prentice Hall, 1996.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.
- Microwave Laboratory.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2
Reflex Klystron X X X X X X X X X
Gunn Oscillator X X X X X X X X X
Directional Coupler X X X X X X X X
Microwave Cavities X X X X X X X X
Planar transmission lines X X X X X X
characterization
Injection phase locking of microwave
X X X X X X X
oscillator
Antennas X X X X X X X
CAD and analysis of micro strip
X X X X X X
discontinuities, couplers, and antennas.

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2
Lectures X X X
Assignments
and Lab X X X X
Reports
Laboratory
Manuals and X X X X X X X
Interactions

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2

Attendance
and X X X X X X
Participation

Assignments
and Lab X X X X
Reports

Quizzes X X X X X X X

Mid-Term
X X X X X X X
Examination

Final Exam X X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Optical Communication Systems – COMM 542 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Optical Communication Systems Code: COMM 542
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Cover the fundamentals of optical signals and modern optical devices and systems.
• Help students develop a thorough understanding of the underlying physical principles
such that device and system design and performance can be predicted, analyzed, and
understood.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Identify the fundamentals of fiber systems and their applications in optical
communications.
a2- Outlines Current engineering technologies related to optical communication
systems.
a3- Describe basics of wave matter interactions and their engineering applications.
a4- Identify basics of programming and software development using MATLAB.
a5- Outlines properties of optical communication and optical devices.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Marwa Ragheb

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze the performance of optical communication systems.
b2- Create methodic approaches when dealing with advancing technology of optical
system components.
b3- Solve optical communication problems and search for optimized solutions.
b4- Select appropriate computer-based methods for modeling and analyzing
communication systems problems.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Apply computer programming for the design and diagnostics of optical
communication systems using MATLAB.
c2- Design an optical communication link, by identifying and selecting suitable
optical equipments.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d2- Refer to relevant literatures.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction to Photonics and Optical
1 3 0 0 3
Communication
Review of optics 0
2 3 2 5

3 Optical fibers 6 4 0 10

4 Optical sources and transmitters 9 6 0 15

5 Optical detectors and receivers 6 4 0 10

Optical Amplifiers 0
6 6 4 10

Laser-Fiber Connections 0
7 3 2 5

8 Systems design 3 4 0 7

9 WDM Concept and Components 6 4 0 10

Course Coordinator: Dr. Marwa Ragheb

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, 4th edition, 2010.


6.2- Govind P Agrawal , "Fiber-Optic Communication Systems“, 3rd ed, Wiley-
Interscience, (2002)
6.3- B.E.A. Saleh and M.C. Teich, "Fundamentals of Photonics", Wiley, (2007)
6.4- Keigo Iizuka, “Elements of Photonics", 2 Volume set, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2002)

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Marwa Ragheb

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Marwa Ragheb

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Introduction to Photonics and
x x x x
Optical Communication
Review of optics x x x x
Optical fibers x x x x x x x x x x x
Optical sources and transmitters x x x x x x x x x
Optical detectors and receivers x x x x x
Optical Amplifiers x x x x x
Laser-Fiber Connections x x x x x x
Systems design x x x x x x x x x x
WDM Concept and Components x x x x x x x x

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures x x x x x
Assignments x x x x x
Design Project x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Marwa Ragheb

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance and
x x x x x x
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Marwa Ragheb

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Integrated Optics and Optical MEMS – COMM 543 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Integrated Optics and Optical MEMS Code: COMM 543
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Cover the fundamentals of integrated optics and optical MEMS fabrication and
design.
• Help students develop a thorough understanding of the underlying physical principles
such that device design and performance can be predicted, analyzed, and understood.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Recognize current engineering technologies related to integrated optics and
optical MEMS devices.
a2- Describe properties of integrated optics and optical MEMS devices.
a3- Identify characteristics of engineering materials used in integrated optics and
optical MEMS devices.
a4- Recognize the Contemporary engineering applications of integrated optics and
optical MEMS.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Diaa Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Create methodic approaches when dealing with advancing technology of
integrated optics and optical MEMS.
b2- Select appropriate computer-based methods for modeling and analyzing
integrated optics problems.
b3- Design integrated optics devices by combining different integrated optics
components.
b4- Solve integrated optics and optical MEMS problems and search for optimized
solutions.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Manipulate optical components design to improve optical communication
systems performance.
c2- Design integrated optics components and optical MEMS devices using
MATLAB.
c3- Differentiate between properties of different integrated optics components and
optical MEMS devices.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Demonstrate efficient IT capabilities.
d2- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Free Space propagation and Gaussian
1 beams 6 0 0 6

2
Analysis of SM dielectric waveguide
6 4 0 10
MM waveguide and application 0
3 6 4 10

4
Effective index method
3 4 0 7

5
Optical Components
6 6 0 12

6
MEMS Technology
6 4 0 10
Micro mirrors and micro lenses 0
7 3 4 7

Course Coordinator: Dr. Diaa Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
8
MEMS Actuators: Electrostatic actuators
3 2 0 5

9
MOEMS Components
6 2 0 8

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- Olav Solgard, “Photonics microsystems”, Springer, 2009.


6.2- Dietrich Marcuse, "Light transmission optics", Van Nostrand Reinhold Company,1972.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Diaa Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
6.3- Dietrich Marcuse, "Theory of dielectric optical waveguides", 2nd ed., Academic Press Inc.
1991.
6.4- H. Kogelink, in "Guided-wave optoelectronics", Ed: Tamir, Springer Verlag, Berlin,
Heidelberg, 1988.
6.5- S. Iraj Najafi, “Introduction to Glass Integrated Optics” éditeur : Artech house, Boston
1992.
6.6- Kenji Kawano and Tsutomu Kitoh, “Introduction to optical waveguide analysis: Solving
Maxwell’s equations and Schrodinger equation”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2001.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Diaa Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Free Space propagation and Gaussian
beams x x x x x

Analysis of SM dielectric waveguide x x x x x x x


MM waveguide and application x x x x x x x x
Effective index method x x x x x x
Optical Components x x x x x x
MEMS Technology x x
Micro mirrors and micro lenses x x x x x x x
MEMS Actuators: Electrostatic
actuators x x x x x x x x

MOEMS Components x x x x x x x x

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Lectures x x x x
Assignments x x x x
Design Project x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Diaa Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2

Attendance
and x x x x x x x
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Diaa Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Image Processing – COMM 552 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Image Processing Code: COMM 552
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Understand basic image processing enhancements in spatial and frequency domains.


• Gain a perspective of the current Computer Vision topics to help the student prepare
for advanced research studies in this field.
• Understand pattern recognition basics.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Describe the image enhancement in spatial and frequency domains.
a2- Explain the edge detection and Hough transform.
a3- Describe the feature detector algorithms.
a4- Explain the optical flow algorithms.
a5- Outline the different geometric transformations.
a6- Recognize the Bays classifier and Discrimination function.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze and compare different algorithms used in image processing
enhancement.
b2- Design solutions to image processing techniques based on local features detection
and motion detection.
b3- Evaluate different classification techniques in pattern recognition.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Design solutions for image processing projects

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team and share ideas

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction, Image representation
1 3 2 0 5
Spatial domain enhancement
2 6 4 0 10
Frequency domain enhancement
3 6 4 0 10
Descriptions of line and shape
4 6 4 0 10
Geometric transformations
5 3 2 0 5
Morphological operations and Image
6 segmentation 6 4 0 10

Feature analysis
7 3 2 0 5
Classification: the bays classifier
8 6 4 0 10
Discrimination function and decision
9 surfaces 6 4 0 10

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – Design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1 Digital Image Processing, Third edition, Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods,
Pearson Education, Inc. 2008.
6.2 Digital Image Processing Using Matlab, Second edition, Rafael C. Gonzalez , Richard E.
Woods and Steven L. Eddins, Pearson Education, Inc. 2009.
6.3 Pattern Recognition, Sergios Theodoridis and Konstantinos Koutroumbas , Fourth
Edition , Academic Press, 2009.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1
Introduction, Image
representation • • • •
Spatial domain
enhancement • • • •
Frequency domain
enhancement • • • •
Descriptions of line and
shape • • • •
Geometric •
transformations • • •
Morphological
operations and Image
• • • •
segmentation

Feature analysis
• • • •
Classification: the bays •
classifier • • •
Discrimination function •
and decision surfaces • • •

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1
Lectures • • • • • • • • •
Assignments • • • • • • • • •
Design
Project
• •

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1

Attendance
and • •
Participation

Assignments • • • • • • • • • • •

Quizzes • • • • • • • • •

Mid-Term
Examination
• • • • • • • • •

Final Exam • • • • • • • • •

Course Coordinator: Dr. Mahmoud Khalil

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Audio and Video Encoding – COMM 553 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 4th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Audio and Video Encoding Code: COMM 553
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Enrich the student's basic knowledge about audio and video signals.
• Develop the student's ability to create encoding and decoding systems.
• Train the students to specify suitable specifications of audio and video coding.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List contemporary engineering topics.
a2- Explain the processing and analysis of audio and video signals.
a3- Describe the coding and decoding techniques.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Select appropriate mathematical and computer-based methods for modeling and
analyzing communication systems problems.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Select appropriate solutions for communication systems problems based on
analytical thinking.
b3- Create systematic and methodic approaches when dealing with new and
advancing technology.
b4- Analyze the performance of digital and analog communication, mobile
communication, coding, and decoding systems.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Professionally merge the communication systems knowledge, understanding, and
feedback to improve design, products and/or services.
c2- Use a wide range of analytical tools, techniques, equipment, and software
packages pertaining to the discipline and develop required computer programs.
c3- Identify appropriate specifications for required devices.
c4- Apply computer programming for the design and diagnostics of digital and analog
communication, mobile communication, coding, and decoding systems.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Demonstrate efficient IT capabilities.
d2- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction to audio & video encoding 3 2 N/A 5


2 DFT 3 2 N/A 5
3 Types of windowing 3 2 N/A 5

4 FFT algorithm 3 2 N/A 5

5 Cepstrum computations 3 2 N/A 5

6 Formant frequencies estimation 3 2 N/A 5

7 LPC 6 4 N/A 10

8 VQ 3 2 N/A 5

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
9 VOCODER 3 2 N/A 5

10 Motion estimation 6 4 N/A 10

11 Standard coding and decoding techniques 9 6 N/A 10

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1 - Machine Learning for Audio, Image and Video Analysis: Theory and Applications,
Francesco Camastra, Alessandro Vinciarelli, Springer, 2008.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
6.2 - Voice and Speech Processing, Thomas Parsons, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1987.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2
Content
Introduction
to audio &
● ●
video
encoding
DFT ● ● ● ●
Types of
● ●
windowing
FFT
● ● ● ●
algorithm
Cepstrum
● ●
computations
Formant
frequencies ● ●
estimation
LPC ● ●
VQ ●
VOCODER ● ● ● ●
Motion
● ●
estimation
Standard
coding and
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
decoding
techniques

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2
Lectures ● ● ●
Assignments ● ● ● ● ●
Design
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2

Attendance
and ●
Participation

Assignments ● ● ● ● ●

Quizzes ● ● ● ● ● ●

Mid-Term
● ●
Examination

Final Exam ● ●

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Multimedia Engineering – COMM 554 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Multimedia Engineering Code: COMM 554
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Enrich the student's basic knowledge about multimedia signals.


• Develop the student's ability to create pattern recognition systems.
• Recognize the different approaches used in machine learning.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List contemporary engineering topics.
a2- Explain the analysis of multimedia.
a3- Describe coding and decoding techniques.
a4- Outline the basics of programming and software development.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Select appropriate mathematical and computer-based methods for modeling and
analyzing communication systems problems

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Select appropriate solutions for communication systems problems based on
analytical thinking.
b3- Create systematic and methodic approaches when dealing with new and
advancing technology.
b4- Analyze the performance of digital and analog communication, mobile
communication, coding, and decoding systems.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Use a wide range of analytical tools, techniques, equipment, and software
packages pertaining to the discipline and develop required computer programs.
c2- Identify appropriate specifications for required devices.
c3- Apply computer programming for the design and diagnostics of digital and analog
communication, mobile communication, coding, and decoding systems.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Demonstrate efficient IT capabilities.
d2- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Introduction to multimedia engineering 3 2 N/A 5


2 Genetic Algorithms 6 4 N/A 10
Neural Networks, Supervised Learning:
3 9 6 N/A 15
Back-propagation Algorithm
4 Unsupervised Learning: Clustering 3 2 N/A 5

5 BAM 3 2 N/A 5

6 Hidden Markov Models 9 6 N/A 15


7 Applications 12 8 N/A 20
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- Machine Learning for Audio, Image and Video Analysis: Theory and Applications,
Francesco Camastra, Alessandro Vinciarelli, Springer, 2008.
6.2- Introduction to Machine Learning, Second Edition, Ethem Alpaydın, The MIT Press,
2010.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Content
Introduction
to

multimedia
engineering
Genetic
● ● ●
Algorithms
Neural
Networks,
Supervised
Learning: ● ● ●
Back-
propagation
Algorithm
Unsupervised
Learning: ● ●
Clustering
BAM ● ● ●
Hidden
Markov ● ● ●
Models
Applications ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Lectures ● ● ●
Assignments ● ● ●
Design
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2

Attendance
and ●
Participation

Assignments ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Quizzes ● ● ● ●

Mid-Term
● ●
Examination

Final Exam ● ● ●

Course Coordinator: Dr. Alaa Hamdy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Computer Networks – COMM 591 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Computer Engineering & Systems
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Computer Networks Code: COMM 592
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Understand the basic terminologies and elements of computer networks


• Understand the operation of some computer networks

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List the reference models layers and function
a2- Explain the different type of network topology
a3- Describe the operation of ATM networks
a4- Explain the operation MAC protocols
a5- Explain the operation of Ethernet networks

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze error in the networks
b2- Design IP address subnetting
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b3- Evaluate the performance of MAC protocols

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe error detection and correction techniques
c2- Design IP address subnet

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team
d2- Formulate computer network problems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

Introduction to computer networks 3 2 5


1
Network architecture, ISO/OSI reference 6 4 10
2
model, TCP/IP model
6 4 10
3 Physical layer
9 6 15
4 Data link networks
9 6 15
5 Asynchronous transfer mode

Local, area networks 6 4 10


6
Carrier sense multiple access with 6 4 10
7 collision detection protocol
(CSMA/CD)
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1 “Computer Networks”, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th ed., Prentice Hall.


6.2 “Data And Computer Communications”, William Stallings, 8th ed., Prentice Hall

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Content
Introduction
to computer x
networks
Network
architecture,
ISO/OSI
reference
x
model, TCP/IP
model
Physical layer
Data link
x x
networks
Asynchronous
x
transfer mode
Local, area x x x x x
networks
Carrier sense
multiple
access with
collision x x
detection
protocol
(CSMA/CD)

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures x x x x x x x x x x
Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x x x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Quality Engineering – COMM 592 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Communication Systems Engineering
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Quality Engineering Code: COMM 592
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:
• Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the different quality engineering
techniques and tools.
• Introduce students to both qualitative and quantitative information and techniques to
arrive at economical and socially responsible solutions..
• Reason critically, both individually and collaboratively, draw sound conclusions from
information, ideas, and interpretations gathered from various sources and disciplines.
• Apply those conclusions to the solutions of real-world engineering problems.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Provide an introduction to the fundamental concepts of quality engineering and
the application of these concepts, philosophies, and strategies to issues arising in
government and industry.
a2- Enhance the student’s understanding of the complexities of quality engineering
techniques and tools interpretation and their work-place application.
a3- Provide skills in diagnosing and analyzing problems causing variation in
manufacturing and service industry processes.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nasser Korra

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
a4- Provide a basic understanding of "widely-used" quality engineering analysis tools
and techniques. Create an awareness of the quality engineering problem solving
techniques currently.
b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Improve students understanding of quality engineering techniques and tools and
their application.
b2- Assess approaches to analyze different problems and quality engineering
experiments.
b3- Assess means of analyzing quality engineering problems within the
organization, thus maintaining
b4- High quality engineering and market superiority.
c. Professional and practical skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Identify the different quality engineering analysis tools with which the engineer
is likely to deal.
c2- Deal with professional terms such as presentation of data, quality policy and
objectives, quality Costs, planning for quality, total quality management
techniques and quality standards-ISO 9000.
c3- Create, maintain and evaluate effective work area.
d. General and transferable skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Conduct oral and written presentations.
d2- Practice working in a team to develop communication skills.
3- Contents
o Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total
Basic concepts: Definitions; Terminology of
1 Quality & Quality Engineering. 3 3 0 6

Quality Function.
2 3 3 0 6
Quality Policy and Objective.
3 3 3 0 6
Measurement and Analysis of Quality Costs.
4 6 6 0 12
Manufacturing Planning for Quality.
5 3 3 0 6
Total Quality Management Techniques.
6 9 9 0 18

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nasser Korra

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Quality Standards-ISO 9000.
7 3 3 0 6
Tools for Continuous Quality Improvement.
8 9 9 0 18

Total Hours 45 30 0 75
4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 15% or 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30% or 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Thomas Pyzdek ., Quality Engineering Handbook Second Edition 2003 Marcel


Dekker, Inc.

6. 2- Gryna, Frank M., "Quality Planning and analysis", McGraw Hill Book Co., 2001

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nasser Korra

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
6. 3- Juran, Joseph M. and Blanton, Godfery A.,"Juran Quality Control Handbook",
McGraw Hill Book Co., 2000

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
Basic concepts:
Definitions;
Terminology of Quality ● ● ●
& Quality Engineering.

Quality Function.

Quality Policy and
Objective. ●
Measurement and
Analysis of Quality
Costs.
● ●
Manufacturing
Planning for Quality. ●
Total Quality
Management
Techniques.
● ●
Quality Standards-ISO
9000. ● ●
Tools for Continuous
Quality Improvement. ● ● ● ● ● ●

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2

Lectures ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Assignments ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Design ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nasser Korra

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nasser Korra

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2

Attendance
and ● ● ● ● ●
Participation

Assignments ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Quizzes ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Mid-Term ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Examination

Final Exam ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nasser Korra

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Project (1) – COMM 593 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Communication Systems Engineering
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Project (1) Code: COMM 593
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 1
Tutorial : 0 Practical: 4
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Teach the students the analysis and design of a complete engineering system using
the fundamentals, principles, and skills gained during their study.
• Increase the student capability in technical report writing and presentation in
engineering problems.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List methodologies of solving engineering problems, data collection and
interpretation.
a2- List current engineering technologies related to communication systems.
a3- List different measurement setups and instrumentations.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Develop and create innovative solutions for a specific communication system.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Select appropriate analytical methods, tools, and computer software for a specific
communication system problem.
b3- Design an engineering system for a specific application.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Write technical reports.
c2- Present innovative ideas in a professional way.
c3- Deal with customers and suppliers.
c4- Acquire the hands on of technological process development.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team efficiently.
d2- Work in a stressful environment and within constraints
d3- Acquire entrepreneurial skills.
d4- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d5- Lead and motivate individuals.
d6- Refer to relevant literature.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Project theoretical background. 5 0 0 5


2 Project literature survey. 5 0 0 5
3 Project implementation strategies. 5 0 0 5

4 Project implementation. 0 0 60 60

Total Hours 15 0 60 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Lectures
4.2 – Group discussions and interactions

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Class work to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and analytical
and design capabilities.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.2– Final oral exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the project, design
capabilities, analytical and presentation skills.
5.3– Project report to assess understanding of the theory and design issues of the project and
the documentation skills.

Assessment schedule

Class work Weekly


Project Report Right After Finals
Final Oral Exam Right After Finals

Weighting of assessments

Class work 20%


Project Report 40%
Final Oral Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

- Depends on the project

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Computers with software
- Board and data show
- Specialized labs
- Consumable materials

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6
Project theoretical
X
background.
Project literature
X
survey.
Project
implementation X X
strategies.
Project
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
implementation.

Learning Method /ILO Matrix

Learning Method a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6
Lectures X X X
Group Work and
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Interactions

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment Method a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6
Class Work X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Project Report X X X X X X X X
Final Oral Exam X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Project (2) – COMM 594 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Communication Systems Engineering
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Project (2) Code: COMM 594
Credit Hours: 6 Lecture: 2
Tutorial : 0 Practical: 8
Total: 10

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Teach the students the analysis and design of a complete engineering system using
the fundamentals, principles, and skills gained during their study.
• Increase the student capability in technical report writing and presentation in
engineering problems.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List methodologies of solving engineering problems, data collection and
interpretation.
a2- List current engineering technologies related to communication systems.
a3- List different measurement setups and instrumentations.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Develop and create innovative solutions for a specific communication system.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Select appropriate analytical methods, tools, and computer software for a specific
communication system problem.
b3- Design an engineering system for a specific application.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Write technical reports.
c2- Present innovative ideas in a professional way.
c3- Deal with customers and suppliers.
c4- Acquire the hands on of technological process development.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in a team efficiently.
d2- Work in a stressful environment and within constraints
d3- Acquire entrepreneurial skills.
d4- Search for information and engage in life-long self-learning discipline.
d5- Lead and motivate individuals.
d6- Refer to relevant literature.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Project theoretical background. 10 0 0 10


2 Project literature survey. 10 0 0 10
3 Project implementation strategies. 10 0 0 10

4 Project implementation. 0 0 120 120

Total Hours 30 0 120 150

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 – Lectures
4.2 – Group discussions and interactions

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Class work to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and analytical
and design capabilities.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.2– Final oral exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the project, design
capabilities, analytical and presentation skills.
5.3– Project report to assess understanding of the theory and design issues of the project and
the documentation skills.

Assessment schedule

Class work Weekly


Project Report Right After Finals
Final Oral Exam Right After Finals

Weighting of assessments

Class work 20%


Project Report 40%
Final Oral Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

- Depends on the project

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Computers with software
- Board and data show
- Specialized labs
- Consumable materials

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6
Project theoretical
X
background.
Project literature
X
survey.
Project
implementation X X
strategies.
Project
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
implementation.

Learning Method /ILO Matrix

Learning Method a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6
Lectures X X X
Group Work and
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Interactions

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment Method a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6
Class Work X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Project Report X X X X X X X X
Final Oral Exam X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Hussein AbdelAty

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Information Theory and Coding – COMM 595 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Information Theory and Coding Code: COMM 595
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Explain the fundamentals of information theory


• Design channels codes with two types: linear block codes and convolution codes

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- List Shannon theorems for information
a2- Explain the entropy and mutual information
a3- Describe differential entropy and rate distortion
a4- List types of channel coding
a5- Explain linear block code
a6- Outline the convolution code
a7- Recognize the difference between channel coding types

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze discrete memoryless sources
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b2- Design efficient source coder
b3- Evaluate channel coding types
b4- Plan channel coding systems

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Describe the information theory
c2- Design channel coder
c3- Create communication system

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Work in team
d2- Propose different ideas
d3- Formulate problems

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total


Introduction: Uncertainty, Information,
1 Entropy and its properties. 6 3 0 9

Source coding: Prefix coding, First Shannon


2 theorem, Huffman coding. 6 3 0 9

Discrete memoryless channels, Binary


symmetric channel, Mutual information and
3 8 3 0 11
its properties. Channel capacity.

Channel coding, Second Shannon theorem,


Mutual information. Channel capacity,
4 6 5 0 11
Compression of information.

Linear block codes, Cyclic codes, Well-Known


5 Block codes. 9 8 0 17

Convolution codes: Code tree, Trellis and


state diagram. Maximum likelihood
6 10 8 0 18
decoding of convolution codes.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 - Midterm Exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2 – design project or technical report to access: the ability to apply knowledge gained in the
course in a real design case.
5.3 – Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8, 13
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments / project 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- Simon Haykin “ Communication Systems”, 4th Edition 2001


6.2- Digital Communications, 5-th edition, by John Proakis & Masoud Salehi, McGraw-
Hill, 2008.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with simulation tools installed.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Introduction:
Uncertainty,
Information,
• •
Entropy and its
properties.

Source coding:
Prefix coding, First
Shannon theorem, • •
Huffman coding.

Discrete
memoryless
channels, Binary
symmetric channel,
• • • • •
Mutual information
and its properties.
Channel capacity.

Channel coding,
Second Shannon
theorem, Mutual
information.
• • • •
Channel capacity,
Compression of
information.

Linear block codes, • • • • • •


Cyclic codes, Well- •
• • •
Known Block codes.

Convolution codes: • • • • • •
Code tree, Trellis
and state diagram.
Maximum
• • • •
likelihood decoding
of convolution
codes.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Learning Method /ILO Matrix
Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Lectures • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Assignments • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Design • • • • • •
Project

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance • • • • • • • • • • •
and
Participation

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Assignments /
project

• • • • • • • • • • •
Quizzes

• • • • • •
Mid-Term
Examination

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Final Exam

Course Coordinator: Dr. Fatma Newagy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Industrial Accounting – COMM 596 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Communication Systems Engineering
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Industrial Accounting Code: COMM 596
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Improve the student professional skills in establishing business models.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Explain the basic accounting equation
a2- Prepare the four financial statements
a3- Describe the inventory transactions
a4- Recognize cost control
a5- Explain budget planning

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Analyze financial statements
b2- Judge engineering decisions considering balanced costs, benefits

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
c. Professional and practical skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Demonstrate basic organizational and project management skills.
c2- Write a small business plan

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Effectively manage tasks, time, and resources.
d2- Acquire entrepreneurial skills.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Accounting financial statements 12 8 20


2 Inventories 6 4 10
3 Corporations 6 4 10

4 Financial analysis and managerial acct. 6 4 10

5 Cost centers 9 6 15

6 Budgetary planing 6 4 10

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Tutorial
4.3 – Discussion group

5- Student assessment methods


5.1 – Assignments
5.2 – Midterms (2)
5.3 – Final exam.

Assessment schedule
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assignments Weekly
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 6 and 11
Mini project (optional) Week 13
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 10%


Assignments 10%
Mid-Term Examinations 40%
Final Exam 40%
Total 100%

6- List of references

6. 1- J. Weygandt, P. Kimmel, and D. Kieso, Accounting Principles, John-Wiley & Sons, ,


2012.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Content
Accounting
financial   
statements
Inventories 
Corporations   
Financial
analysis and
  
managerial
acct.
Cost centers   
Budgetary
   
planing

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning
Method
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2
Lectures      
Tutorial      
Discussion
    
group

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 c1 c2 d1 d2

Attendance
and
Participation
          

Assignments
     

Mid-Term
Examination
     

Mini-project
(optional)
    

Final Exam
     

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amr Safwat

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Introduction to Decision Analysis – COMM 597 – Spring 2013

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Communication Systems Engineering
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Introduction to Decision Analysis Code: COMM 597
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Teach the students how to analyze the personal and professional decisions that shape
lives and organizations.
• Give the students the tools to follow a decision approach that scales to treat decisions
at all levels of importance
• Teach the students to use the concepts that clarify thinking and choice and avoid the
pitfalls of intuitive decision-making.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Explain the different decision analysis methods and techniques.
a2- Describe decision trees and influence diagrams.
a3- Explain probability theory and sensitivity analysis
a4- Outline risk analysis functions and trade-off analysis.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amin ElKharbotly

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
b1- Analyze problems associated with risks using decision analysis.
b2- Design decision trees and influence diagrams.
c. Professional and practical skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Solve a real case project problem analyzing various risks.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1- Manage time, tasks, and resources efficiently.
d2- Acquire entrepreneurial skills.

3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Overview of Decision Analysis 6 4 0 10


2 Influence Diagrams 6 4 0 10
Decision Trees and Measurement
3 8 6 0 15
Scales
Basic Probability Theory and
4 12 8 0 20
Sensitivity Analysis
5 Risk and Utility Functions 6 4 0 10

6 Trade-off and Weights 6 4 0 10

Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1 - Lectures
4.2 - Assignments
4.3 - Design project

5- Student assessment methods


5.1– Midterm exam to assess understanding of the fundamentals, problem solving and
analytical and design capabilities.
5.2– Design project to assess the ability to apply knowledge gained in the course in a real
design case.
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amin ElKharbotly

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
5.3– Final exam to assess understanding of different aspects in the course, design capabilities,
and analytical skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Bi-Weekly
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Week 9
Term Project Week 14
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments and Term Project 20%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 25%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1- P. Goodwin and G. Wright, “Decision Analysis for Management Judgment”, 3rd
Edition, Wiley, 2004.
6.2- R. Brown, “Rational Choice and Judgment, Decision Analysis for the Decider”, Wiley,
2005.
6.3- B. Pender, R. Stair and M. Hanna, “Quantitative Analysis For Management”, 11th
Edition, Pearson, 2012.
6.4- R. Clemen, "Making Hard Decisions: An Introduction to Decision Analysis”, 2nd
Edition, Duxbury, 1997.
6.5- R. Keeney, "Value-Focused Thinking: A Path to Creative Decision Making", Harvard,
1992.

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with internet access.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amin ElKharbotly

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix

Course Content a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 d1 d2
Overview of Decision Analysis X
Influence Diagrams X X X X X X
Decision Trees and Measurement Scales X X X X X X
Basic Probability Theory and Sensitivity Analysis X X X X X
Risk and Utility Functions X X X X X
Trade-off and Weights X X X X X

Learning Method /ILO Matrix

Learning Method a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b2 c1 d1 d2
Lectures X X X X
Assignments X X
Design Project X X X

Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 b1 b4 c1 d1 d2

Attendance and Participation X X X X


Assignments and Term Project X X X X X
Quizzes X X
Mid-Term Examination X X
Final Exam X X X X X X

Course Coordinator: Dr. Amin ElKharbotly

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course specifications of
Project Management – COMM 598 – Fall 2012

University: Ain Shams Faculty: Engineering


Program on which the course is given: Communication Systems Engineering
Major or minor element of program : N.A.
Department offering the program : Electronics and Electrical Communications Eng.
Department offering the course: Communication Systems Engineering
Academic year / Level: 5th Level
Date of specification approval: 25/11/2012

A- Basic Information
Title: Project Management Code: COMM 598
Credit Hours: 3 Lecture: 3
Tutorial : 2 Practical: N/A
Total: 5

B- Professional Information
1- Overall aims of course
This course aims to:

• Discuss the behavioral aspects of projects in terms of project personnel and the project manager.
• Discuss the nature and importance of a work breakdown structure in project management.
• Use the PERT/CPM techniques.
• Use techniques for project control.
• Make activity crashing and resource leveling.
• Use available project management software.
• Understand the role of teams and the concepts of leadership.
The student shall attain the above mentioned objectives efficiently under controlled guidance and
supervision while gaining the experience through application and analysis of realistic projects.

2- Intended learning outcomes of course (ILOs)


a. Knowledge and understanding
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
a1- Understand and define project success.

a2- Understand and define project manager's role.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahed Sobhy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
a3- Understand and describe the downside risk of project management.

a4- Understand the staffing environment and identify the skill requirements.

a5- Understand project authority and interpersonal influences.

a6- Understand the importance of leadership in a project environment.

b. Intellectual skills
By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
b1- Assess the project schedules, the work breakdown structure (WBS), and the WBS
decomposition problems.

b2- Present detailed schedules and charts.

b3- Use PERT/CPM techniques and estimate float and slack times.

b4- Use precedence and overlapping networks.

b5- Make crashing studies and study projects under resource constraints.

b6- Determine target schedule, control periods, and monitor projects.

b7- Use Gantt charts and S-curve to control and update projects.

c. Professional and practical skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
c1- Identify data and structure of realistic projects.

c2- Deal with professional computer programs for project management.

c3- Analyize feedback results and suggest the appropriate decision for keeping the project

status according to plans.

d. General and transferable skills


By completing this course successfully, the student will be able to:
d1 - Present and analyze project data using project management packages.

d2- Write technical reports and conduct presentation about a real case study.

d3- Practice working in a team.


1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahed Sobhy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
3- Contents

No Course Content Lectures Tutorials Practical Total

1 Overview and definitions 3 0

2 Project breakdown 3 3
3 Organizing and staffing projects 3 3

4 Management functions 3 3

5 Planning 3 3

6 Network scheduling techniques 24 12


7 Project control 6 6
Total Hours 45 30 0 75

4– Teaching and learning methods

4.1- Class Lectures


4.2- Tutorials/Software application
4.3- Internet search

4.4- Practical case study

5- Student assessment methods


5.1-Written exams (mid-term & final) to assess understanding and scientific knowledge.

5.2 Assignments and Quiz to assess ability to solve problems and analyze results independently.

5.3 Case study to assess practical, and presentation skills.

Assessment schedule

Assignments Weekly
1

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahed Sobhy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Quizzes Weeks 4 and 8
Mid-Term Examination Weeks 5 and 9
Final Exam End of semester

Weighting of assessments

Attendance and Participation 5%


Assignments 10%
Quizzes 10%
Mid-Term Examination 30%
Report and Project 5%
Final Exam 40%

Total 100%

6- List of references

6.1 Course notes……………………………………………………………………………………

6.2- Essential books (text books)

1- William J. Stevenson, Production Operation Management, Mc Graw-Hill companies, Inc., Latest edition.
2- Harold Kerzener, Project Management: A system Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and control", John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., Latest edition.
3- Robert B. Harris, Precedence and Arrow Network Techniques for Construction, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1978.

6.3- Recommended books…………………………………………………………………………

6.4- Periodicals, Web sites, … etc

1- www.ie.org

7- Facilities required for teaching and learning


- Board and Data Show projector.
- Computer with software installed.

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahed Sobhy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Course Content/ILO Matrix
Course b1 b2 b3 b4
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b5 b6 b7 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Content

Overview and x x x x x x x
definitions

Project
breakdown
x
Organizing x x
and staffing x
projects
Management x x
functions
x
Planning x x x x
Network
scheduling x x x x
techniques
Project x x
control
x x x x

Learning Method /ILO Matrix


Learning b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3
Method
Lectures x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Assignments x x x x x x x
Design
x x x x x x
Project

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahed Sobhy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012
Assessment Methods /ILO Matrix

b5 b6 b7
Assessment a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 b3 b4 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2 d3

Attendance
and x x x x x x
Participation

Assignments x x x x x x x

Quizzes x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Mid-Term
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Examination

Final Exam x x x x x x x

Course Coordinator: Dr. Nahed Sobhy

Unit Head: Dr. Sameh Ibrahim

Programs Director: Prof. Dr. AbdelWahab El-Ghandour

Date: 25/11/2012

You might also like